'$$$1 ■<■*& | ■ ' '' >v. J>£h3 '#■'11 ^ :'^.''^HI fTUsIhX, 5p ■"tgaj c.(J j?gc j n~'" cio^ciOj o-or gQoaiC?9s Surgeon General's Office PRESENTED by &jrk kp?' • • • I / .✓<- ^/^^ /K/lf^eCC COMPENDIUM OT THE ANATOMY ." 'Y OF THE ' HUMAN BODY. MTENDED PRINCIPALLY FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS. RY ANDREW £JTFE. ^ IN TWO VOLUMES. VOL. I. This Edition is prefixed with A Compendious History of Anatomy, And the Ruyschian Art and Method Of making Preparations to exhibit the Structure cf the Human Body, illuftrated with a Reprefentation of the Quicksilver Tray and its Appendages, Which is not in the London Edition piula&elp&ta; PRINTED AND SOLD BY JAMES HUMPHRI At the N.W. Corner of Walnut and Dock-ftreets. 1802. A COMPENDIOUS HISTORY OF ANATOMY. J^ ROM the works of Hippocrates, the father of mkdicine, who flourifhed about four hundred years before the birth ofChrift, is to be collected all the information of antiquity on the fuhjecl of Anatomy. This great phyfician, whofe princi- pal attention was directed to the fymptoms and cure of difeafes, was, neverthelefs, well aware of the importance of anatomical knowledge to perfection in the healing art: hence we find, that his works abound with anatomical fa6ls and obfervations, inter- fperfed with the prevailing doctrines of the day. When it is con- fidered, how many obftacles were thrown in the way of this fci- ence, from climate, prejudice, and fuperdition, the perfeverance and acquirements of this great man, the ornament of the medical profeffion, cannot be fufficiently admired. He defcribes fome parts peculiar to the human body which could only be afcertain- ed by actual dirTeclion. The body he made to coniift of folids, fluids, and fpirits ; of containing and contained parts. The elementary humours he divided into four kinds ; blood, phlegm, choler or bile, and melancholy or occult bile. This was agree- able to the philofophy of the age in which he lived ; as likewife the notions of all bodies being compofed of earth, air, fire, and water. He never diltinguifhed between nerves, arteries, veins, or tendons ; but calls the heart and its pericardium a powerful mufcle; he knew the aorta, vena cava, pulmonary arteries and veins, and entertained obfeure notions of the ufes of the valves • but. confidered the auricles as a fan. He mentions the diftribu- tions of the arteries and veins by trunks and ramifications from the heart ; and afTerts, that all rtie arteries originaie from the heart. The liver was thought to be the root oif the veins, the fountain of the blood ; and he fuppofed it to feparate bile. He thought the arteries carried the fpirits j but was entirely igno- Vol. I. a 2 rant of the circulation of the blood, and of the ufe of the dia- phragm ; and his feating the foul in the left ventricle of the heart is a memorable example of haman vanity, and of that inherent inclination in man, boldly to account for what is inexplicable. The heart and lum;s, he imagined, received part of our drink. Of the organ of hearing, it is concluded, he knew little, for he only mentions the tympanum. As to the brain, which he thought a gland (an idea which has fmce been erroneoufly fuppofedto be- long to Malpighi), the nerves and their ufes, vifion and the fenfes, he was totally ignorant as to the caufes ; yet he makes the brain the feat of wifdom. The glands he imperfectly under- ftood. The Pythagorean doctrines of conception, generation, and pregnancy, are, in general, abiurd and fuperftitious ; as like- v/'if* his notions of the Pythagorean numbers, which feem to have been the prevailing philofophical follies of the day. On moles, falfe conceptions, and the nouriflimcnt of the foetus, a rational judgment is formed; he comprehended the communica- tion from the mother to the foetus by means of the umbilical cord ; though, in another place, he fuppofes that it abforbs nutri- ment by the mouth, and from the furrounding fluid in the ovum. After Hippocrates, anatomy continued to be improved ; but, as opportunities were extremely limited, from the prejudices of mankind, its progrefs was but flow, and chiefly confined to the two fchools of Athens and Alexandria. In the former, the names of Socrates, Plato, Xeaophon, Ariftotle, and Theophraftus, are ftill preferved along with many of their works ; and although we ob- ferve that their general attention was directed to philofophy, yet natural hirtory and anatomy were far from being overlooked : their opportunities, however, of examining bodies were con- fined ; and after their time, the ftudy of natural knowledge at Athens funk forever. But while it decayed in Greece and Alia, it rofe with increafed energy, under the protection of the Ptolo- mies, at Alexandria. In this fchool, which was fo long pre- eminent, Erisistratus and Herophilus were highly diilin- guiQied for anatomical knowledge. By the liberal patronage of the Ptolomies, they enjoyed ample opportunities of diffecting hu- man bodies ; and the confequent improvements which anatomy received were very great. They not only corrected many for- mer errors, but wrote with great judgment upon neurology. They obferved a variety of ftruclure in nerves fupplying different parts, and hence diftinguiihed them into thofe which were necef- fary to fenfe, and thofe which were fubfervient to motion. Between the times of Herophilus and Erififtratus to Galen, a period of five hundred years, Asclepiades, Rufus Ephe- sius, and the fenfible and elegant writer Celsus, flourished. The two latter have given the appellations and fituations of all the parts of the human body, in compendia, in which many difco- 3 veries appear to have been made from the time of Hippocrates. Neither one nor the other dwelt much on the ufes of the parts. Rufus writes Greek in the concife Attic ftyle, and Celfus is the molt claffical writer that ever appeared in the art of medicine. Claudius Galenus, or Galen, was phyfician to four em- perors, and was, without exception, the moll diftinguilhed prac- titioner of the age in which he lived. He has arranged all the prior anatomical fcience that Herophilu; and Erifiitratus had ob- tained from the actual difl'tction of human fubjects, and incorpo- rated it into his voluminous treatifes on all the branches of medi- cine. The medical principles of this great man, formed on the Peiipatetic philolbphy of Atiftctie, r.re not to the piefent pur- pofe; except that they reigned triumphantly in the fchools and univetuties, difdaining and cruihing all innovators or improvers, for a period of nearly fifteen hundred years. The celebrated Galen, however, was a man of uncommon erudition, and he brought into one point of view, with much labour, learning, and induftry, all the medical and philofophical fcience of his prede- ceflbrs. The anatomical part was indubitably extracted from the great Herophilus and Erifiitratus, and, confequently, in general contains what thofe firft diffeclors of human bodies had obferved or written. In the works of this eminent phyfician, anatomy appears very confpicuous and methodical. He gives the fituation and ufes ot all the parts of the human body, whether animal, vi- tal, or natural. What difcoveries he made, cannot be ascertain- ed ; but Galen was the firft author who feems to have digeffed, in regular order, the human functions, the brain and its mem- branes, the fenfes, the contents of the thorax and abdomen, ofte- ology, a complete myology and neurology, in which are the ori- gin and infertion of the mufcles, their action, &c. and the diftribution of the whole nervous fyftem. The lacteal veflels, likewife, were well known; though the extent of their effects, their pafling through the thoracic duct and fubclavian vein, to the blood, were not comprehended. The exhalent arteries and inhalents were mentioned, both by Hippocrates and Galen; but the principles of a&ion were unknown. The circulation of the blood, the real-ufes of the liver, glands, heart, diaphragm, pan- creas, kidney, ureters, bladder, univerfal cellular ftrncture, the power of the nervous fyftem over the arteries and veins, the lym- phatic abforbent fyftem, were to him unknown. From the time of Galen to the fifteenth century, anatomy was rather on the decline, anatomifts being cpnfidered learned or ig- norant in proportion to their knowledge of his works. The def- truction of Alexandria introduced learning among the Arabians; but they made but little progrefs in the knowledge of the human body. ABDOLi,ALipn,however, towards the clofe of the twelfth 4 century, expofed many of Galen's errors in ofteology, by fre- quenting burial-grounds. Among the early cultivators of the fcience of anatomy in the fixtecnth century, the great Vesalius flouriflied, who may with propriety be fly led the restorer OF anatomy; being the fint who dared expofe the errors of Galen, in medicine and anatomy, by referring to the human body. This wonderful man, whofe perfcvtrance and genius cannot be Sufficiently admired, was born at Bruflels, in 1514. After having gone through the ufual ftudies of the age, he went to Montptllier, to ftudy me- dicine. The principal profefibrs in the univeifuy of Paris re- queued him to come there, where he attended their lectures. Vefnlius's zeal for medicine, particularly anatomy, induced him to brave every danger to which he was expofed, by clandestinely procuring bodies for diflection. He did not, however, confine hit attention to the human fubject only, but opened a great number of animals. In the purfuit of his favourite fcience, his venera- tion for Galen diminished in propoition as he detected his inac- curacies; till at length he threw off all control of this great ftandard cf ancient medicine and anatomy, and became the ad- vocate for actual difle&ion of the human body, to which he con- stantly referred in all his difputations. The war, which commenced at that time in France, obliging Vefalius to leave Paris, he returned to his own country, Louvain. The knowledge he had acquired in anatomy induced him to pro- fefs it publicly in that city j but, in order to extend his anatomi- cal refearches, in 1535, he followed the army of the Emperor Charles the Fifth, againlt France. His reputation increafed. He was chofen Profeflor of Anatomy in the univeifity of Padua, by the republic of Venice, and there gave lectures on medicine, particularly anatomy, for feven years. In 1539, Vefalius published his anatomical plates, which at- tracted the admiration of the learned. In this, and in his other works, all the errors of Galen are expofed. A multitude of ene- mies fprung up againlt this bold innovator of old eftabliihed au- thority. All Europe refounded with invectives againft him : Euftachius at Rome, Driander at Marpurg, and Svlv us at Paris became his public enemies, particularly the latter/who employed every Species of calumny to leffen him in the efteem of his pa- trons : inftead of Vefalius, he called him Vefanus, or a madman • and accufed him of ignorance, arrogance, and impiety. Fal- lopius was the only one among his opponents who pieferved any moderation. Having been a pupil of Vefalius, he never forgi t how much he was indebted to his preceptor; and, although he v as far more able than Sylvius to criticise, from having power- ful object.ons to brmg forward againft the work, he proceeded n the meft delicate and refpeaful manner, influenced by the 5 greatefl eSteem and gratitude for the afliftance he had received from his venerable mailer. Vefalius, on the other hand, acted towards his pupil in the mofl gentle and honourable manner. As foon as the remarks of Fallopius on his work, had reached Spain, Ve- falius prepared to anfwer them, and replied to him as a father would to his fon. Fallopius, who has rendered his name dear to posterity by his extenfive knowledge in anatomy, poSTeSTed fenti- ments very different from Sylvius; he was notafhamed of acknow- ledging his obligations to Vefalius, for the greater part of his in- formation on anatomy : he admits that Velalius has not Shown Sufficient refpect to Galen, but confefles that his objections are generally correct. Notwithstanding all oppofition, the reputation of Vefalius daily increafed, and he established anatomy on folid and permanent principles, when the Emperor Charles the Fifth, by whom he had been already honoured, nominated him his firft phyfician, and kept him constantly at court. He new gained the confidence of the nobility, and frequently gave unequivocal marks of his profound knowledge in the practice of phytic. But an un- expected event foon reduced this great man todift;efs. Upon the death of a Spanish gentlem m, whom he had attended during life, Vefalius requtjte I permiflion of the relatives of the deceafed to open the body. "The moment he expofed the cavity of the thorax, he faw the heart palpitating. This unfortunate affair came to the ears of the gentleman's relations, who profecuted Vefalius not only as a murderer, but accufed him of impiety be- fore the Inquisition, which fevere tribunal was about to puniSh him for the crime, when Philip the Second, of Spain, fuggefted the means of removing him from the decifion of his judges, and caufed him to make a pilgrimage to the Holy Land ; in confe- quence of which Vefalius refolved to make the tour of Palefline. He paSfed over to Cyprus with James Malatefte, a Venetian ge- neral, and thence to Jerufalem. Soon after the death of the cele- brated Fallopius, which happened in the year 1564, the fenate of Venice recalled Vefalius to fill the chair; but on his voyage to Padua, he was Shipwrecked on the illand of Zante, where this great man, reduced to the utinoft extremity, perifhed with hun- ger, on the 15th of October 1564, at the age of fifty years. It is faid, that a goldfmith, who landed on that part of the ifland foon after the accident, caufed him to be interred, and that the following epitaph is engraven on his tomb in the church of the Virgin Mary, in that ifland : Tumulus Andreje Vesalii Bruxelliensis, !%ui obiit idibus Odobris, Anno m.d.lxiv. JEtatis verofua L. Cum Hierofolymu rediiffet, Vol. I. a 2 6 Vefalius had fcarcely attained his twenty-fifth year when he published his work, De StruSura Corporis Humani—on the Structure of the Human Body. This extraordinary production would appear incredible in fo young a man, were it not attefted by the beft authority. " Vefalius in my opinion," fays Monf. Portal, ««is one of the greater! men that ever exifted. Let aftro- " nomers boaft of Copernicus; natural philosophers, of Galileo, " Torricelli, &c. mathematicians, of Pafchal; and the geo- " graphers, of Christopher Columbus ; I Shall always ■ rank " Vefalius above them all." The houfe of Vefalius was lately the convent of Capuchins, at Bruflels. Thefe pious men confidered it an honour to date their letters Ex JEdibus Vefalianis. It ap- pears, that in the year 1546, Vefalius was atBafle, to correct the prefs for a new edition of his works. He occupied his leifure hours, whilft he refided there, in pieparing a human Skeleton, which he prefented to the body of phyficians in that city. It was received with the greateft pleafure; and, as a proof of their gra- titude, the following infcription was put under it, which re- mains to this day : Andreas Vefal. Bruxell^m Caroli V. Aug. ArchiatruvF Laudatifs. Anatomicorum Adminifir. Comm. In hac Urbe Regia Publitcaturus Virile quodcernis Sceleton, Art is et Indufiria fua Specimen, Anno Chriftidno M.D.XLVI. Exhibuit erexitque. From the time of Vefalius, the value of human difleaion was fully appreciated, though oppofed by the prejudices of the vulgar. The beginning of the feventeenth century is remarkable for the difcovery of the circulation of the blood, by the im- mortal Harvey, in which he was much aflifted by the previ- ous difcovenes of Fabricius on the valves in the veins, and by Servetus, Columbus, and Cksalpinus, who nearly fifty years before demonftrated the circulation of the blood through the lungs. This has been the moft important difcovery ever made in anatomy, and upon it depends the whole of ourpre- iCn»ZJ '50gra S,°°n a^lrw£rds' AsELI"s. an Italian, clif- £«C rv ^ a1"616?1^ V'h,Ch ?E(,S-UET> in l65>> traced o the thoracic duct, and thence to the left fubclavian vein In i6« Rvdbeck and Bartholin discovered the lymphatics: it does 7 not appear that there was any communication between them j both, therefore, are intitled to equal praife. The latter has, however, additional credit from his having entertained very ac- curate ideas of the phyfiology of the lymphatic fyftem, which was afterwards more fully explained by Glisson. The two laft centuries have nearly perfefted our knowledge of the human body. Every nation in Europe has produced anato- mifts of the greatefl reputation. The names of Albinus, Cooper, Diemerbrock, Highmore, Cheselden, Lew- enhoeck, Malpighi, Mayow, Ruysch, Willis, and Winslow, form but a fmall number of thofe who have en- lightened the fcience of anatomy in the feventeenth century. In the eighteenth, the following are particularly diftinguifhed : Hal* LER, MORGAGNI, ZlNN, WALTER, SCARPA, SOEM- MERING, the Monros, the Hunters, Cruickshank, and Bailey. Fortunately for mankind, anatomy is now become an indifpen- fable bianeh of medical fcience ; and throughout Europe we have eveTy where diftinguifhed teachers, who are daily adding to the flock of ufeful information. 1%! THE Rl YSCHIAN ART, AND Method of making Preparations to exhibit the Structuri o f t h e HUMAN BODY. iii»iiii»iw»iiiimHiwfliiiiKgB»»iiiimiiiiitiiHii»llRFini!nqB THE INJECTING TRAY AND ITS APPENDAGES, For the purpofe of facilitating the procefs of Quicksilver Injec- tions, and preventing the lofs of Quickfilver, which is con- stantly occahoned by the old method. IO EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE A. The Tray; This Should be made of mahogany, about three quarters of an inch inthickncfs, and the feveral parts Should be joined together with fcrcws; every joint Should be made per- fectly water-tight, and the infide painted black; as this is much more favourable for feeing the fine parts of white membranes laying upon it, and the quickfilver flowing through the minute ramifications of their veflels. The machine being made in this form, is intended to be occafionally filled with water, for the purpofe of injecting broad and flat parts, which require to be fo managed as to prevent their drying, and to which the common jar, reprefented in the plate is not adapted, as placentae, large portions of mefentery and inteftine, female breafts, &c. B. An iron pipe with an ivory plug, for the purpofe of draw. ing off the water and quickfilver remaining in the tray after the injection is finished ; it is made of iron, that it may not be affec- ted by the quickfilver. C. C. The right and left fides of the Tray, cut down to form a reft for the arms, whilft the hands are employed upon a pre- paration at the bottom of it. The front D, is alfo made consi- derably lower than the fides, for the more convenient manage- ment of the preparation. The bottom of the tray, Should be about twenty inches fquare; the front about three inches high, and the fides four and a half: the clear dimensions, on the infide, are here meant. E. A ledge in one corner, for the convenience of fixing the bottle containing the quickfilver ; it has a hole fufficiently large to receive the bottle which is let through, and Stands on the bot- tom of the tray to preferve it from any accident, which it is very liable to from its weight. F. F. Two uprights; the foot of each fixes in two fquare Staples, within the right and left fides of the tray, and ought to be about twenty four inches high. G. The crofs piece, the ends of which Slide up or down in the mortife of the uprights, and are fixed to any height, by means of pins paSIing through them and the ends of the crof., piece to keep them Steadily fixed to each other. In the lower edge of this crofs piece is fixed feveral fmall hooks,.from which may be fufpended one or more injecting tubes. H. Is a glafs jar containing water, in which is immerfed a hand, with the quickfilver injeaing pipe fixed in the artery, as m the procefs of filling tke veffels. The hand is fufpended by a ftnng from the edge of the jar. 11 PREPARATIONS OF THE VISCERA. THE various parts of the body may be preferved in a heal - thy Slate, either to exhibit their form or Structure, or to compare them with morbid parts. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. i. When removed from the body, and the ufelefs parts diflec- ted away, the part to be preferved is to be foaked in water, in order to get out the blood. 2. When it is neceflary to give parts their natural form, which is loft by macerating, put them into a faturated folution of allum, retaining them by any means in the required form, until they become hardened. If it be a hollow part, as the ftomach, bladder, &c. fill it with, and immerfe it in, the folution. 3. When an opening is to be exhibited, as that of the ureter, the bile-duct, the lacunae of the urethra, Stenonian duel, Fallo- pian tube, Sec. introduce a brittle. After this manner preferve the ut«rus and its appendages, cutting open the vagina and cavi- ty of the uterus, the bladder, inteftine, ftomach, heart in the peri- cardium, liver, fpleen, kidney, &c. &c. 4. All preparations of the brain are beft hardened in a fatura- ted folution of corrofive fublimate. 5. The parts are to be fufpended in proof fpirit by raw Silk, in a tie-over bottle, and covered with bladder, taking care to ex- clude all air. When dry, varniSh the bladder with mucilage of gum arabic feveral times ; then put a Sheet of thin lead over, and varnifh its edges with mucilage; and, laftly, tie another bladder over, and give it a coat of common fpirit varnifh, irrwhich lamp- black, or other colouring matter, is mixed. 'O' PREPARATIONS OF MORBID PARTS. All morbid parts Should, immediately after their removal from the body, be put into rectified fpirit of wine for a day or two, and then preferved in proof fpirit. Thefe preparations foul a great quantity of fpirit, and Should therefore be kept in Slopper-glaSTes, from which the Spirit can eafily be removed, and freSh put in, until the preparation ceafes to foul the fpirit, when it may be put into a tie-over bottle. 12 PREPARATIONS MADE BY MACERATING. Preparations obtained by this procefs are very various. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. i. Let the water be frequently changed, until it is no longer coloured with blood, but never after the blood is fteeped away. z. Let the macerating pan be placed in a warm place, to faci- litate putrefaction. 3. The macerating- pan Should never be in a cold place, for the fpermacctilike converfion of the foft parts will De fornud, and the bones fpoiled. 4. The foft parts furrounding bones are a long time before they detach tbemfelves from the bones. 5. Bones, when macerated, Should beexpofed to the fun's rays, and frequently wetted with clean water, or they may be bleached with the diluted oxygenated muriatic acid. BONES. Bones are macerated to be preferved whole, or they are fawed to expofe their internal Structure. Bones of the head. Put the whole head, without disturbing the flefh or brains, into the pan. When fufficiently macerated, all the foft parts will come away with the pcriofteum ; then de- tach the vertebrae, and waSh out the brain. Bones are feparated from each other by filling the cranium with peas, and putting it into water. The fame method is to be adopted with other bones. Bones in general, for ftruilure. Divide the femur into two halves : the os innominatum, the petious portion of the temporal bone, the parietal bones, &c. thefe, when macerated, will exhibit the compaa, the fpongy, laminated, and reticular fubftance of bones. A FOETUS. Cut carefully away the fatty fubftance enveloping a foetus, but do not cut any of the cartilages. Steep out its blood, and mace- rate. It Should be frequently looked at, and taken out when the Hefh is all deftroved, before the cartilages are feparated. The following preparations are obtained in this way : 1. The fuper.or extremity, to Show its bones, the proerefs.of oJiihcation, and the cartilage to be formed into bone ** I?6 ]°wer ex^ernity, to expofe the fame circumftance. 3. I he Spine, which forms a beautiful preparation 4. The pelvis, not lefs elegant. Prefervation. The above all to be preferved in proof fpirit. 1J CUTICLE. * The cuticle of the hand an I tooi m.-.y be fepar.rted by macera- tion ; the former is called chorotheca, the latter podatheea. rhe arm and foot of a large foe'us are to be preferred ; they are firft to be wel' waShe 1 with a Ibtr fpunge in foap and water. Prejervation. Sufpend them in proof fpirit ; firft tie the part by which they are to be fufpended, then put them into the bottle with the fpirit, and gently pour foine Spirit into th~- cuticle, to dif- tend it like a glove vr Stocking. ----^»o»»---- INJECTING INSTRUMENTS. The celebrated Dutch Anatomift, Ruyfch, firft invented the art of injeaing animal bodies. There are three kinds of apparatus ufed in making injeaed preparations. The one for the co::rfe and fine injeaions, and the minute injeaion ; the other for injeaing with qu:ckfilver; and the third, called the oyfter fyringe, for injeaing minute pre- parations with the minute injeaion only. The firft con'ids of a brafs fyringe made for the purpofe, of va- rious fiz;<;, fro-n one carrying fix ounces to one fufficiently large to hold two pounds. The point of thefe lyringes is adapted to the pipes into whichjit is to be affixed. To this fyringe belonc a ftop-cock, and a gre3t va iety of pipes. The instrument for injeaing quickfilver confirfs of a long ghfs tube, at whole end is fixed, by fcrewmg in, a Steel p.pe, the end of which is extremely fine. The oyfter fyrnge is Similar to the large fyringe, except in fi/.e. It is fo ftn.ill, that when the fyringe is in the hand, and full, its pillon may be commanded by the thumb of that hand to throw itscontents into any preparation in the other hand. The pipe affixed by be ng fcrevved to the end of this Syringe is nearly a-- fimll as that belonging to the qi-.ickfnver tube. Thel'e iiiftrumeiits are always to be had at the furgical instru- ment makers. INJECTIONS. The injeaions employed for anatomical purpofes are of four d fterent kinds : coarfe, fine, minute and mercurial. COARfl INJECTIONS. Red. Yellow bees' wax, fixteen ounces—:he paled refin, eight ounces—turpentine v.irnifh, fix ounces, by meafure—finely levi- gated vermillion, three ounces. Vol. I. b '4 Yel/c-.u. Yellow bees' wax, Sixteen ounce7—pale refin, eigJht ounces—turpentine varniSh, fix ounces—king's yelh-w, two ounces and a half. White. Fine virgins' wax, fixteen ounce?—pale rifir, eight ounces—tin entine vain Sh, Six ounces—beft fluke white, five ounces and a In if. Pale blue. Fine virgins' wax, fixteen ounces—pale refin, e'ght ounces—turpentine varniSh, fix ounces—belt fl.ke white, three ounces and a half—fine bine fmalt, three ounces and a half. Dark blue. Fine virgins' wax, Sixteen ounces—pale refin, eight ounces—turpentine varn Sh, Six ounces—blue verdiur, ten ounces and a half. Black. Yellow bees' wax, fixteen ounces—pale refin, eight ounces—turpentine varniSh, Six ounces—pure lamp black, cue ounce. Green. Yellow bees' wax, fixteen ounces—pale refin, ei^ht ounce —turpentine varnifti, fix ounces—levigated crvftallized verdipnfe, four ounces and a half—beft flake white, one ounce —levigated gamboge, one ounce. Liquefy the wax, refin, and turpentine varniSh over a flow fiie, in an earthen pipkin; then add the colouring matter, having previously mixed it in another pipkin, with a very fmall quantity of the ineled compofiticm. Stii ihe whole well together with a wooden peitle, fo that the colouring ingredients may be intimately and Imoothly blended ; place the whole aga n over the fiie, and, when they have acquired their due heat, the injection will be Sit tor ufe. FINF IN'ECTIONS. Brown fpirit varr.ifh, white Spirit varnifh, of each four ounrcs —:urper,tiiie varn Sh, one ounce. Thefe are to be put together in an earthen p:jkin, over a Slow fiie, until they have acquired the neceSTary degr*-e of heat. T« make it of a red colour, put one ounce of finely levignted ver- milion into another pipkin, and gradually add the heated materi- als, flu-ring the whole with a wooden pef'tle, that the colour may be equally diftufed. ; One ounce and a quarter of king's yellow—two ounces of beft flake white—one ounce and a half of fine blue fmalt, with one ounce and a quarter of beft flake white—four ounces of blue verd.ter—half an ounce of pure 1 imp-black—are the proportions for the various colouisto the quantity of ingredients ordered MINUTE INJECTIONS. . The f«ze, which forms the vehicle to the colouring matter in theie injections, is made in the following manner : Take, of the fined and mod tranfparent glue, one pound, break it into fun 11 pieces, put it into an darthen pot, and pour on it three pints of cold w.ucr, let it Stand twenty-tour hours, Stirring it now and then with a itick ; then Set it over a flow fire for half an hour, or until all the pieces are pc.ftaiy d Sfoived; Skim off the ft\,th from the Surface, and drain it through a flannel for ufe. Iiinglafs and the cuttings of parchment make an elegant fize for very particular injeaions ; and thote whu are not very nico may ule the beft double fize of the Shops. Red. Size, one pint—Chinefe vermilion, two ounces. Yellovj. Size, one pint—king's yellow, two ounces and a half. White. Size, one pint—bed flake white, three ounces and a half. Blue. Sze, one pin;—fine blue fmalt, -fix ounces. Green. Size, one pint—levigated cryit.tlized veruigrife, two ounces—belt flake white, levigated gamboge, of each eight Scru- ples. Black. Size, one pint—lamp-black, one ounce. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. I. All injeaions are to be heated to Such a degree as not to deftroy the texture of the veffels they are intended to fill; the beft criterion of this degree of heat is dipping the finger into the injeaion. If the finger can bear the heat,, the textuie of the vef- fels will not be hurt. z. All the coloured materials Should be as finely levigated as poffible, before they are mixed with the injeaion. 3. Great care Should be taken left the oily ones boil over, or bubble ; and that the heat be gentle, otherwife the colour will be altered. 4. They Should be conftantly Stirred, left the colouring mate- rial, which is much heavier than the vehicle, fall to the bottom. 5. The instrument to ftir them with Should be a wooden peftle, and theie Should be one for each colour. 6. A large tin pan to contain wsei, with two or thiee lefltr ones fixed in it for the injections, will be found very uftful, and prevent all aceid.n^, and the colour from (pi iling, when on the fire. PREPARATION MADE WITH COARSE INJECTION. The blooJ-vi-fLls are moftly filled with c®. rfe injeaiun, and the parts diSTccted, to fho.v truir courfe ; and when the anatoinift Id v..(hestotxl,ibit the u.muier 11 audits, the fine injeaion 11. to l»e ■ •..own in SirSt, and followed by the courfe. CENTRAL OBSERVATIONS. There me feveial circunifiantts to be obStived in injtamg with I he fine r.nd coarl'c injt-aions, which are applicable to every pit', into which they arc thrown ; thefe ait— i. The pan to be injtaed flioulo be freed from its blood as much as p-.STibk, by Sleeping it for feveial hours in warm water, and repeated;)- changing it. 2. Having emptied the part of its blood, the pipes are to be fixed in theii pioper vefftls, and all othei vcflels to be tied w.th a ligature. 3. The heat of the water is tl.tr. to be gradually increafed to the fine leniperalure with the injeaion to be thrown in. 4. The injifting Syringe Should be Sltcped in the water with the part to be injected, until wanted. 5. The injeaion being fiiiiShed, and the fubjea cold, remove the pipes, and tie up the parts they were in. Whenever a vefi'el is open, by accident or otherwise, be Sure to fecure it by a liga- ture, or cover it with a piece of thin and moid bladder, or the injeaion will always be oozing out. 6. The purts diffeaed and dried are to be varnished twice with copal or hard varniSh, fiift wafliing them free fioni grcafe with fome foap lees, and wellidrying them again. BLOOD-VESSEL SUBJECT. Selta an emaciated fubjea, between the age of two and four- teen years. Preparation. Make an incifion through the integuments the whole length of the Sternum ; then, with a faw, divide the Ster- num longitudinally into two equal paits ; introduce a diflea ng knife under the divided bone on each i.de, Separate it from the mediaftinum, and lay open the thorax, by bending back the tv.e portions of the Sternum and the carriage;, of the libs : an inci- fion is then to be m de into the pei icardium, and I he left ventri- cle of the heart, and a large p pe introduced into the aorta, and ft cured by a ligature. The Jul jta is next to be put it,to warm water, and radually heated. The tine geneially itquired to heat the whole furj^a is four hours, in a large body of water If he veins are i\\, and ne- ver more than that coveiing the part to be difleaed ; othtrwde the parts from which the Skin is removed will become diy, and tli.- diffeai n be Spoiled. In diSh.a:.ng the arteries and veins, the d iTeaor will find no difficulty, if he proceeds caut'oufly from the larger trunks towa ds their extremi.ies. The brain is to be removed by fawing away a large portion of the tone on each Sida of the longitudinal finus of the dura mater. The chctks Should be puflied out by introducing hcrfe hair into the m.nith. Dying. When difleaed, or oetore, the Subject Should le hung up by the head in a frame: one arm is to be placed at a little diltance from the fide, and the other tnrned up ovei the head, with the pal n of the hand in front: the legs at a btile diftancc from each other, and kept in thefe poftuies by packthread. Should any mufcles obltrucl ihe fight of the arteries, they are to be fepantcd to a proper diltauce by pittes of wood. This done, ex(-oie it u a current of a.r, in a place where it cannot get wet; and if .the weather be moid, lem^.o, from time tolim., all m. iti1 re, bv a fof. Ipunge. Pr-fer-jaff.n. VarniSh it feveral times, and keep it in a dry place, and in a proper cale, w.ih a glais front and back. A HEAD, FOR ARTERIES AND VEINS. Clioofe an emaciated head of an adult, frpnrated from the body, h\ a t.aniverfe Seaion, about the fixth or Seventh vertebra. Vol. I. b 2 15 Preper-aticn. Put a pipe into each carotid, or, what is better, one pipe wjt:, a biSmc:.tion ; icmove a portion of l^"e ovcr tne longitud nal , nus of die dura mater, about the middle of the pa- rietal [ones, and Secure a p pe in the long tudinai Sinus pointed , toward* the occiput. Put the head into warm water, to foak, p'«fling the Mood occafionally out of the external and internal jugulars. Then tie up the ju. ular veins and vertebral arteries, and all the fmall veffels * Injeclicn. Into the carotids throw (he red injection, and the i yellow, or dark blue, into the pipe in the finus of the dura mater. The foimer will fill the arter.es, ihe latter the ve'.ns. Dfuticn. Folic,w the couife of the larger tiunks, diflea out the globes tf the eyes, and remove, with a fine faw, the portion of the jaw-bone behind the lalt molai's, to Show the touiSL- the cord by the fides of this bladder; the anterior part of the thorax, with the fternum, cartilages, and part of the ribs, the integuments and mufcles of the back. Next cut away the lungs, and remove the pericar- dium ; keep the diaphragm in its place, and turn up the liver, So as fo expofe the duaus venofus. Some diflection and care is here neceffary. Diflea away the ftomach and interlines, and lay oui the mifcnteric veffels, diftend the bladder with air, and cut away any thing that may obftrua the view of the veffels. The foramen ovale cannot be exhibited. Prefervation. After having varnished it harfg it in a glafs bell, with a hook at its top. PENIS. The penis may be injeaed, to Show the two corpora caver- nofa, the corpus fpongiofum, and glans, with the arteries and veins. For this purpofe any healthy penis will do, but large ones are generally preferred. Having cut through the integu- ments and foft parts in the pelvis, in the direaion the faw is to be parted, faw through the middle of each crilla of the pubis, Straight down and through the afcending ramus of each ifchium, clofe to their commencement, and thus remove the pubis, with the bladder and external parts of generation. Preparation. Make an incifion into either of the crura of the corpora c.vemofa, and into the bulbous part of the urethra, as near to the proftate gland as poflible; Soak it in hot waer, and carefully prefs out the blood from every part. Introduce a probe along the vena migna ipfius ( enis, by an incifion at its root, to break down its r.iive.-j fix a pipe in each of ; hefe incifions, md arother in each vas defciens, at its entrance into the veficulae feminales, and fecuie all the divided veffels. Injeilion. Four colours are neceffary; thofe generally pre- ferred are red, yellow, blue, and white. Throw the red into the corpus fpon ;iofum, which will diftend the glans ; the yel- low into the corpus cavernofum pipe ; the blue into the vena magna iplius penis ; ami the white into the vafii defert-mia. Diffeciion. Inflate the bladder, diffea away all the foft part.-, and keep the penis erea againft' the lymphyfis pubis. Piefervation. In a covered box. TESTICLE. A tefticle of an adult Should be choSen free from difeafe, and great care is requisite in removing it from the body. Fiift, en- large the ring of the oblique mufcle, pufti the tcfticle through from the fcrotum, and feparate its cellular conneaing Subftanee; then cut thefpeimatic artery and pampiniform plexus as high as poflible, and then the vas deferens. Preparation. When well foaked, prefs out the blood from the veins ; put a pipe into the fpermatic artery, and another into a vein ; and fecuie all other open mouths. Injetfion. Red is to be fcnt into the artery, and yellow or blue into the vein, which is without valves. Then fix the qu ck- filver tube in the vas deferens, and fulpend it in water; this done, fill it with mercury, and in twenty-four hours it may be removed to be difft-cted. Diff'eclion. Cut away the tunica vaginalis, and the tun'ca albuginea, which'requires great care: then remove all the cel- lular and adipole membrane, and dry it on aboard previously waxed. 0 Prefervation. In a common preparation, glafs, on a blue or green paper ground. THE SYSTEM OF THE VENA PORT JE. Remove the liver, fpleen, ftomach, and inteftines all together, nf a per fon whofe mefentery is fee from fat, cutting away at the root of the mefentery, behind the peritoneum. Preparation. Cut into a mesenteric vein, as near to the in- teftine as poflible, and fecuie it with a li a.ure paffed around it with a needle, taking care not to wound any other ve n. Injea warm water, and let it again run out by the divided veflels. Drain its water off, and fecuie all the veins, the haemorrhoidal efpeciaily. Injection. Throw any colour into the pipe, wh ch will pafs into the fplenic, mesenteric, and internal haem .rrhoidal vein, and into the vena portae. Diffeclion. Remove all the foft parts; the ftomach, fpleen, and inteltines ; cutting the veffels as long as poflible, and dry them in the beft manner, either attached to the liver, or diffea away the liver from the vena portae, taking care to preferve fome of its ramifications. Prefervation. In a covered box. 'Jt HEART. The heart is mtoftly injeaed out of the body, to Show its common and proper veffels. For this purpofe, choofe a lean heart. Cut through the thoracic vifcera immediately at he top of the thorax ; divfde the intercoftal arteries by drawing the knife dmvn the pleura, over the ribs beyond their origin, ft-parate the vena cava inferior and aorta, in the abdomen, wth the ca«ae he- paticae ; an . remove the thoracic vifcera, with the portion of the. diaphiagm Surrounding the vefl'tls. Preparation. Soak the blood and coagula out of the cavities ! of the heart, and prefs the blood from the coronaries. Put a pipe into the vena cava Superior, and another into one of the pulmonary veins. Then tie the lungs at their root, the vena cava inferior, the arteria innominata, the left carotid and fub- < clavian ; and pal's a li ature, with a Slip knot, round the funis of the aorta, and Secure all other open veflels. J Injeilion. The common coloured injeaions, red and yellow, I only are wanted. Throw the former into 'he pulmonary vein, j which will fill the left auricle, ventricle, aotta, and coronary W arteries. The yeilow, being fent into the Wperior cava, will.fl diftend the right auricle, coronary veins, right ventricle, and 1 pulmonary artery. In order to fill the coronaries well, the in- < jeaor mull Stop two or three times in the courfe of the procefs, to Squeeze on the injeaion in them with his nail ; then heat the whole again, and throw in more injeol' >n. The preparation fj having cooled, a pipe is to be fixed at the bottom of the aorta, and fome red injeaion, jull hot enough to run through the fyringe, j is to be puShed along the aorta, an afliftant throwing cold waitr on the imercoftals, if the iiijeaion runs through thtm. g, Diffetlion. Cut 3way the lungs, pericardium, and all the f>ft \j parts. Prefervation. Either in a covered box, or under a glafs hell. STOMACH. INTESTINES. BLADDER. Thefe are beft injeaed with the whole fubjea, but may be le- moved and inured Separately. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. \. The an3tomift can only fucceed by having the preparation •onftantly heated as he is throwing in the injeaion. 2. The injection Should be thrown in very gradually. 3. When injected, the part fliould be immediately immerfed in cold water. 25 PREPARATIONS WITH MINUTE INJECTION. BONES. The vafculatity of bones is to be demonftrated, by throwing fine injeaion into an extremity, cutting out the bone when cold, feparating it from all the foft parts, immerfing it in water for a few days, to foak out the blood, and then putting it into a mix- ture of muratic acid and water in the proportion of one ounce to a quart, for three or four months, adding about, every month, drachm of acid. The limb of a ricketty child is to be chofen. Injeilion. Put a pipe into the largeft artery of the extremity, and throw gradually the red injeaion into it, fixing the (top-*ock in the pipe. * A FOETUS. Still-born children, when injeaed with minute injeaion, afford a number of beautiful preparations. Preparation. No water Should be thrown into the veff Is. Fix a pipe with a ftop-cock into the umbilical vein, and tie the arte- ries in the ligature. Injeilion. Red injeaion is always chofen for this purpofe; and throw it in with great care, until the abdomen and Skin all over become very tumid. Firft mucus comes from the nofe and mouth, then the meconium from the anus, and often pure fize. Diffeilion. Cutoff the head from the flioulders, the arms be- low the Shoulder joint, and the legs juft below the acetabu- lum ; then preferve a fmall quantity of the integuments around the navel, and remove all the anterior parietes of the abdomen and cheft, fo as to exhibit the thoracic and abdominal vifcera. Cut away the integuments and poderior part of the theca vertebralis, to exhibit the medulla fpinalis. Prefervation. Soak out the blood, and preferve it in proof fpirit, to Show the vifcera and their vascularity. From a well-injeaed foetus may be obtained the following preparations : i. If the foetus be about feven months old, the membrana pu- pil! ar is. z. If it be male of this age, the tefticle in the abdomen, with the gubernaculum. 3. The vafcular and radiated fibres of the parietal bones. 4. The vafcular membrane, including the teeth. 5. The vifcera of the cheft Separate, if better injeaed than thofe of the abdomen, Showing the'vafcularity of the lungs, thy- mas gland, and heart. Vol. I. c 6. The ftomach, which is to be inverted, to Show its vafcular villous coat. 7. The inteftines, which are to be feparated from the mefen- tery, and inverted, to Show their villous coat. 8. The glandula renales and kidnies together, to exhibit their relative fize, and the lobulated (truaure of the kidney. 9. The uterus and its appendages, to lhow the long ovaria and plicae of the neck of the uterus and vagina. 10. The external parts of the female organs of generation, to Show the hymen. 11. A red portion of the Jkin, to exhibit its vafcularity. , 12. The medulla fpinalis, to Show its veffels, and the cauda : equina. 13. The membrana tympani, to exhibit its vafcularity. , 14. The cavity of the tympanum, to Show its vafcularity, and that of the periofteum of its bones. 15. The vcftibulum and cochlea, to Show the membranous fe-, micircular canals of the former, with their ampullae injeaed, and- the vafcularity of the ^ona mollis. 16. The head, to Show the natural appearance of the face, the papillae of the lips, tongue, &c. 17. The hand, to Show its natural colour. Prefervation. The above preparations are all to be well foak- ed from their blood, and preferved in proof fpirit of wine. 18. A Portion of fkin, freed of its adeps, to Show its vafcu- larity. 19. The membrana tympani, to Show its veffels. 2°: ^5 heart, to Show the foramen ovale, by diftending the cavities with air ; and, when dry, cutting away the outermeit Sides ot the auricles, and introducing a brittle. ai. Any large mufcle, freed from its cellular membrane and f..f, and dried, to Show the vafcularity of the mufcle. Piefervation. Thefe are all to be dried, well varnished, and prefeivtd i.i bottles. Some prefer putting them into Spirit. oL turpentine ; but this Should be avoided as much as poflible, forL the tui pen tine is always oozing in warm weather, and dirtyiiiMl the glafs. UTERUS. The objea of injeaing a uterus with fine injca:on is to ; exhibit the vascularity of its internal membrane, which fur' nilhes the catamenia. For this pu pofe the uterus of a 1 erflm vv.-ole menftruation has not been flopped by age'or difeL-.fr ,, to be lei.cted. Prciaration Remove the Uterus, by dividing the veffels as long a, poflible, the round and broad l.gamentg, fnd as much ai 21 poflible of the vagina. Tie a pipe in each hypogaftric artery, and fecuie all the divided v. fl'.ls. Injes.'ioa. Any coloured injeaion may be chofen, but red looks !>eft. DiffeKion. Cut away all the loofe cellular membrane, bladder, and ledum, if there be anv, fiom around the vagina, and cut it open along the midd.e of iis fuperior part ; continue this incifion on each fide of the anterior pait of the uterus, fo as to exhibit the pofterior furface of its cavity. Prefervation. If the inject.on be fuccel'sful, which it feldom is riiort ih.in one tinr; in ten, fufpend it by the ligaments, and preierve it in the proof fpirit. AN ADULT HEAD. Separate the head as low as the laft cervical vertebra from the Shouders. Preparation. Put a bifurcated pipe into the carotids. Se- cure ihe vertebral arteries and jugular veins, and all the divided parts. Injeilion. The red injeaion is always preferred. From an adult head injeaed in this way may be made the fol- lowing preparations ; i. The upper eyelid, to Show the vafcularity of Meibomius^s glands. 2. The choroid membrane, exhibiting its vafcularity. 3. The retina, fufpended by the optic nerve, exhibiting its vafcularity. 4. A feaion of the optic nerve, to exhibit the central artery. 5. The whole of the cerebrum, cerebellum, and medula oblon- gata, with the pia mater ; or, 6. The pia mater, feparated from the convolutions of the brain, to exhibit the intergyral proceff'es and the tomentum ce- rebri. N 7. One half of the noftrils, to exhibit the vafcularity of Schneider"s membrane, and that of the membrane lining the an- trum of Highmore. 8. The tongue, lying i« the jaw, and fufpended by the pala- tum molle, with the pofterior fauces cut away, to Show the epi- glottis and glottis, the uvula and velum pendulum palati, the tongue, its papillae and excrttory duas, and the vafcularity of the gums and fublingual glands. Prefervation. The above preparations are to be Soaked well in cold water, to get out all the blood, and then preferved in proof fpirit. 28 PREPARATIONS WITH QUICKSILVER. Mercury cannot be coloured by any fubflancesj it mull, there- fore, always prefent the fame Silver colour. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. i. The parts Should always be injeaed in a proper tray, that the mercury may be eafily colleaed. 2. A lancet, with a curved needle ready threaded, Should bl always at hand. 3. A bottle, whofe neck is not fo wide as to permit the quick. Silver tube going to the bottom, when put into it. 4. When injeaing, if any circumstance render it neceffary for the injeaor to put afide the tube with the mercury, it Should bL placed in the bottle, the mercury remaining in it, to be handa and prevent delay. 5. Injeaing with mercury is always tedious, and frequentl J unfuccei'sful. The parts expofed mutt be kept moift,by fprink4 ling them with cold water. ? A SUPERIOR EXTREMITY. To injea the lymphatics of an arm, choofe one from a dropfiA Cal fubjea, without fat ; make an incifion into the Skin around the wrift, and feek diligently, with a magnifying glafs, for a«< abforbent, into which the pipe is to be put, when the quickfilver will immeciately run. The Shoulder Should now be placed con- fideiably lower than the hand ; and, when the mercury runi out at the divided veffels in the axilla, tie them up, and alfo th« lymphatic, into which the pipe was introduced. Then feek fot another abforbent. When the mercury ceafes to run in a lym-i, photic, tie the vtfftl, and Seek for another. DiffeHion. Begin at the lymphatics, where the mercury enter-) ed, and trace them ; removing every thing that obftruas their view, but preferve the glands AN INFERIOR EXTREMITY. The limb for this purpofe Should alio be taken from a drop- fical per fon, and the fame method adopted as with the fuperior ex- tremity, fceking as near to the toes as poSfible for the lymphatcis. 29 A PAROTID GLAND. Cut down upon the m-iffeter mufcle, and feek for the Steno^ niandua, which is the excretory dua of the parotid. Tie the quickfilver pipe in it, then nx the tube, and pour into it the quickfilver ; and, when it ceafes to run, remove the tube and pipe, and tie the dua. Be particularly careful, in diffeaing away the gland, not to cut it. Prefervation. Dry it on a waxed board, and preferve it on a blue paper and pafteboard, in fpirit of turpentine. LIVER. The lymphatics running on the peritoneal coat of the liver, and over the gall-bladder, make a beautiful preparation. The liver Should be well foaked for feveral days, and the pipe put into the lymphatics of the fufpenSbry and eoronory ligaments, and the mercury forced along them, breaking down the valves with the nail, by prefling on the mercury. Secure the veffels at the portae of the liver, when the mercury gets there, and tie the lymphatics v-tun filled. Should the anatomilt's attempt to force the qu ckfilver beyond the valves be unfuccefsful, he mull fix upon the moft minute obvious branch, and let it run Us proper courfe. Prefervation. Throw fome courfe injeaion into the cava? he- patica? and vena portas, without heating the liver thoroughly; inflate the gall-bladder, and dry the whole. Varnifh it, and preferve it in the beft manner under a glafs bell, or preferve the injeaed part in proof Spirit, without any wax injeaion. LUNGS. The fupei ficial lymphatics of the lungs are to be filled from the part mod remote from the root of the lunus. Prefervation. Cut away the part on which the lymphatics are filled. Dry it on a waxei board, varn.fh it, and preierve it in a bottle, on a green or blue piece of paper; or preierve it in proof Spirit, without drying it. HAND. Selea the hand of an aged female (feparated from the arm by a tranfverfe feaion, three inches above the wrilt) th it has died of a lingering difeafe. Soak out the blood in warm water ; fix the pipe in the radial artery, then add the tube, and pour into it the mercury. As the mercury appears in the other arteries and veins, take them u;i aud fecure them with ligatures. Should the mercury VOL. I. c 2 30 Still efcapefrom fmall branches, put a cord round the arm, and J with a piece of wood tighten it, by twilling the wood, taking •care not to prevent the mercury paffing into the hand. Then ful- pend the hand in a glafs filled with water, and fufpend alio the tube and quickfilver in the manner reprefented in the annexed plate, for a clay or two, that the mercury may get into the fmall veffels. When injeaed remove the pipe, and tie, by a llrong Siring, the fore-arm ; put the hand into water, until putrcfaai- on Separates the cuticle. Prefervation. Dry it carefully, and varniSh it ; then Six the fore-arm in a pedellal of p'ailter of Pans, and keep this beauti- ful preparation under a glafs bell. LACTEALS. Remove the mefentery and inteftines, if the former be per- fectly fiee from fat, and let them remain feveral days in water, which (hould be frequency changed. Search for an abforbent, on the inteftine, into which introduce the quickfilver, which will run on to the glands in the mefentery, where it will Slop. When the baeals are filled, the preparation will be more elegant if red and yellow coarfe injeaion be. thrown into the mefenteric aiteries and veins. Prefervation. Spread the mefentery on a waxed board, inflate a portion of the inteftine, clear away all that j^ ulelei's ; dry and varniSh, and preserve it in a glafs frame. CORRODED PREPARATIONS. Thefe preparations are made by filling the veffels with coarfe injection, and corroding the foft parts, fo as to exhibit thofe> veffels. CENTRAL OBSERVATIONS. i. The liquor for corrofion is to confift of three parts of mu- riatic acid, and one of water. 2. The liquor Should be kept :n a well glazed earthen veffel, with a top to it, alfo well glazed. -* 3. T. he part to be corroded fhould be carefully moved in and out of this liquor, as the fluhteft force may break the veffels. 4. Wnen corroded, the pulpy flefh is to be carefully waShed away, by placing it under a cock of water, the water flowing very Slowly j or, in fome instances, by Squirting it away. } St c. When the preparation is freed of its fleSh, it Should be fix- ed in the Situation it is to remain in, either in a plaifter of Paris pedeftal, or on a flat Surface. 6. If the fl<-fh be not perfbaiy deftroyed, the preparation is to be returned to the corroding liquor for a fortnight or month ion^ery or until it becomes pulpy. HEART AND LUNGS. Thefe vifcera, occupying lefs fpace in children than adults, are to be preferred. It is of no confequence whether they are fat or lean. The integuments fhould be cut from the f re part of the neck ; and the trachea, jugular ve.ns, and carotid ::i ieries removed, and, with them, thr vifcera of the thorax, carefully feparating the fubclavian veffels from the clavicle, without injur- ing them, and dividing the axillary veflels and the cava inferior and aorta, juft below the diaphragm. Preparation. Soak the whole well, to free it of its blood, and prefs out all the fluids : fix a pipe in the inferior cava, and an- other in one of the pulmonary veins, taking care not to injure the others, by tying it. Then fecure the carotids, the jugulars, the axillary veffels, the vertebral artery, the intercoitals, the aorta, after it has formed its arch, the internal mamillaries, and every veffel that can be found. Injeilion. Red and yellow are generally preferred, but red and blue are'more proper, and more elegant. Throw the blue into the vena cava inferior, which will diftend the nght auricle, the Superior cava, the jugular veins, and great coronary vein, the right ventricle, and pulmonary arteries. The red injection will Sill the left auricle and pulmonary veins, the aorta, fubcla- vains, carotids, &c. Prefervation. Great care is requi.ite in freeing the injeaion from the pulpy flefh. When done, let the apex of the heart be placed immediately in a plaifter of Paris pedeftal, and cover it with a glafs. If the pulmonary veffels are well preferved, it forms a valuable preparation. If one good prepaiation be obtain- ed in tee trials, it will amply repay the anatomift. HEART. A fat*heart will do for this purpofe. Injea it as direaed in page 24, and put it into the corroding liquor, Prefervation. hay it on fome cotton, on a pedeftal, and cover it with a glafs. 32 LIVER. The liver of a child is to be preferred to that of an adult, it occupying much lefs room : its veffels Should be cut long, and with it the portion of the duodenum, perforated by the bile dua. . ■ Preparation. Fix a pipe into the hepatic artery, another intof the vena portae, a third into the duaus communis choledochuF, and a fourth in the vena cava hepatica. Injeilion. The four injeaions are to the red, yellow, dark blur,; and light blue. Firft, throw the red injeaion in o the hepatic artery, next the dark blue into the vena poitas, then the light blue into the cavx hepaticae, and laftly, the yellow into the due- j tus communis choledochus. Prefervation. Remove the pipes as foon as the injeaion will permit ; and, when corroded, fix the trunks in the beft manner' poflible, upon a proper pedeftal s then waSh away the flefh, dry" it, and cover it with a glafs, KIDNEY. I Choofe the kidney of an old drunkard. Cut the emulgent veffels clofe to the aorta and cava, and the ureter, very low ; then remove the kidney, with all its fuirounding adeps. Preparation. Soak out the blood, and pi efs out all the fluid. Fix a pipe in the emulgent artery, another in the ve n, and a j third in the ureter ; and tie up all the open-mouthed veffels. Injeilion. Red, blue, and yellow. Firft throw the yellow into the vein, then the red into the artery, and laftly, the blue into the ureter. Prefervation. Under a glafs bell. The kidneys of differe animals form a beautiful exhibition. A COMPENDIUM or THE ANATOMY 9T THl HUMAN BODY. SN'TENDED PRINCIPALLY FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS. By ANDREW KYFE. IN TWO VOLUMES. VOL. I. $Sttlai>elpljia: PRINTED AND SOLD BY JAMES HUMPHREYS, + At the N. W. Corner of Walnut and Dock-ftreets. 1802, PART I. OF THE BONES. BONES IN GENERAL, WHICH ARE THE FIRMEST PARTS OF THE BODY, AND SERVE FOR THE SUPPORT OF THE OTHER ORGANS. — O^—---- The following parts are to be attended to. THE Radiated appearance of the Fibres of broad Bones in Children. The Longitudinal Fibres, forming the long Bones of Children. The Lamella, in the long Bones of Adults. The Sides of the long Bones in Adults, thick at the middle, and thin towards the extremities. The Reticular Subftance in the middle of long Bones. The Cancelli in the extremities of long Bones. The Little Cavities for containing Marrow and Veffels in the mod folid parts of the Bones. The Cancelli between the Plates of the broad Bones. The Pcriofteum which covers Bones in general, and conveys Nutritious Veffels into their Subftance. The Periofteum Internum, or Membrana Medullaris, which lines the Reticular and Cancelli of Bones, and contains the Mar- row. The Paffages of the principal Veflels of Bones. The Holes for the tranfmiflion of Nerves which can be feen only in certain Bones. The Globules of Fat which compofe the Marrow. The Connection of Bones by Suture, where no motion is al- lowed The Connection of Bones by Cartilage, where fome motion is necefTary. The Connection of Bones by Ligament, where extenfive motion is required. The Cartilages upon the ends of Bones, for the fafe and eafy motion of the Joints. The Perichondrium, or Membrane covering the Cartilages which in moveable Joints gives thefe Cartilages a great degree of finoothnefs. & Vol. I. A The Subftances, oiled Glands of the Joints, for the Secretion of Synovia. The Epiphyfes upon the ends of moveable Bones in Children, for facilitating and hastening their oflification. The Epiphyfes changed into Apophyfes, or Proceffes, uponcer. tain parts of Bones of Adults, for the attachment of Mufclei, Sec. and which obtain p.nt'cular names according to their ap. pearances; as Coronoid, Condyloid, &c. The numerous Cavities of Bones, as Glenoid, Cotyloid, kc. the names varying according to their appearances. ►0« OF THE SKELETON IN GENERAL. THE Affemblage of Bones joined together to form a Skeleton. A Natural Skeleton, or one joined together by its own Liga. ments. An Artificial Skeleton, or one joined together by Wire, &c. The Divifion of the Skeleton into Head, Trunk, Superior Ex- tremities, and Inferior Extremities. OF THE SKULL IN GENERAL. THE Skull divided into the Cranium, and Bones of the Face. The General Figure of the upper part of the Cianium, com- pared to that of an Egg. The flat form of the Cranium, laterally. The Smooth Surface of the upper p.irt of the Cianium, where it is little affeaed by Mufcular Fibres. The Periofteum of the Head, called Pericranium. The under and outer Surface of the Cranium, irregular when it gives attachment to Mufcles, &c. and paSTages to Veffels and Nerves. The anterior and under part of the Cranium, hollow, to makt part of the Orbits. The pofterior part of the Cranium, marked by Mufcles of the Trunk. The upper and inner Surface of the Cranium, bollovj, for Jodging the Brain. The under and inner Surface of the Cranium, with unequal Cavities, for lodging the Lobes of the Brain r.nd Cerebellum. The Furro-ivs along the inner fide of the Cranium, for the re- ception of the Blood-veffels of the Dura Mater. 3 The Sinuofities upon the inner Surface of certain Crania, for lodging Luxuriances of the Brain. The Pits feen in fome Crania, for lodging Granulous Bodies on the Dura Mater. The External Table of the Cranium. The Internal Table of the Cranium, called Vitrea, fomewhat tliii-ner than the external. The Diploe, or Cancelli, between the Tables of the Cranium. The Diploe a wanting in certain parts of the Cianium. The Cranium in general compofed of eight bones, fix of which are faid to be proper to the Cranium, the two laft commoik to it and to the Face. The fix proper to the Cianium, are, The Os Frontis, placed in the fore-part of the Cranium. The tivo Ofj'a Parictalia, placed in the upper and lateral parts of the Cranium. The tivo Off'a Temporum, placed in the under and lateral parts. The Os Occipitis, which forms the back and fome of the low- er pait of the Cranium. The tivo Bones common to the Cranium and Face are, The Os Etbmoides, placed in the fore-part of the Bafe of the Cranium. The Os Sphenoides, Situated in the middle of the Bafe. The Sutures, placed between the Bones of the Cranium, foi allowing the Offification to begin originally in different points, are, the three True Sutures, and two Falfe or Squamous Sutures. The three True Sutures are, The Coronal Suture^ placed between the Frontal and Parietal Bones, lofing its Serrated appearance near its terminations. The Lambdoid Suture, lying between the Parietal, Temporal, and Occipital Bones. The parts of the Lambdoid Suture, placed between the Oc- cipital and Temporal Bones, called Additamenta of the Lamb- doid Suture. « The Sagittal Suture, fituated between the Parietal Bones. The Sagittal Suture, fometimes continued to the Nofe. The ferrated Appearance of the True Sutures, feen diftinctly on the oufide of the Cianium only. The True Sutures, having little of the ferrated appearance on the infide of the Cranium. The tier Falfe Sutures, placed between the upper Ed*e of the Temporal, and under Edge of the Parietal Bones. 4 The Portion of the two Falfe Sutures, Situated between the •nder and back part of the Parietal and the Temporal Bones, railed by fome Additamenta of the Squamous Sutures, and which have in that part the true ferrated appearance. Additional Bones, called Offa Triq'uetra, or Wormiana, fome- times found in the different Sutures, though moft frequently ia the middle of the Lambdoid Suture. The Sutures faid to be common to the Bones of the Cranium and , Face, are, The Ethmoid Suture, which furrounds the Ethmoid Bone. The Sphenoid Suture, which furrounds the Sphenwid Bone. The Tranfverfe Suture, which runs acrofs the orbits and root of the Nofe, between the Frontal, Malar, Sphenoid, Ethmoid, Superior Maxillary, and Nafal Bones. The Zygomatic Sutures, placed between the Temporal and Cheek Bones. OS FRONTIS. THE Situation of the Os Frontis in the fore-part of the Cra- nium. ^ „^ Its Shape, which has been compared to that of a Clam-fhell. Its External Surface, fmooth and convex. The external and internal Angular, or Orbitar Proeeffes. The Superciliary Ridges, on which the Eye-brows are placed. Projections over the Frontal Sinufes. The Nafal Procefs, forming part of the Nofe. Part of the Temporal Procefs, or Ridge which forms the boun- dary between the Temporal and Frontal Mufcles. The hollow Orbitar Proeeffes, or Plates, which form the up- per part of the Orbits. The Sinuofity behind the upper end of the Superciliary Ridge. for lodging the Lacrymal Gland. Behind each Internal Angular Procefs, a fmall Pit, to which the Cartilaginous Pulley of the Superior oblique Mufcle is fixed. Tfie Temporal Foffa, for lodging pait of the Mufcle of that The Opening between the Orbitar Plates, for receiving the Cri- briform Plate of the Ethmoid Bone. The Foramen Supra-Orbitarium, through which a branch of the Ocular Aitery, and part of the Ophthalmic Branch of tbi Fifth Pair of Nerves pafs to the foft parts of the Forehead. The Foramen Orbitarium Internum, Anterius et Pofteriu(,\ through which fmall twigs of Nerves pafs fror-: the firft part of1 s the Fifth Pair, and of Arteries from the Ocular Arterjr irfto the Nofe. Small Perforations found upon the under and fore-part of the Frontal Bone, for the tranfmiflion of very minute Arteries or Nerves. The concave, inner, and fore-part of the Os Frontis, fo* lodging the Anterior Lobes of the Brain. The convex under parts, for fupporting thefe Lobes, and co- vering the Eyes. The Ridges and Depteffions of the Orbitar PrOcefTes, marked by the Convolutions of the Brain. Small Furroius on the infide of the Bone, for lodging th« Blood veffels of the Dura Mater. Slight Sinuojities, more evident on the under than on the upper part of the Bone, occasioned by the Convolutions of the anterior part of the Brain. The Frontal Spine, for the attachment of the Falx. The Frontal Furrow, extending upwards from the Spine, for lodging the upper part of the fuperior Longitudinal Sinu«. The Foramen Cacnm at the under part of the Spine, for a pro- cefa of the Falx of the Dura Mater, and fmall Blood veffels. The Frontal Sinufes, placed behind the inner ends of the Su- perciliary Ridges, and, in fome Skulls, forming Prominences near the root of the Nofe. The Walts of the Sinufes, formed by a feparation of the Ta- bles of the Bone. Their Partition, by which they are prevented from communi- cating with each other. A Communication wh'chthey fometimes have with each other. A Paffage from each, leading into the Cavity of the anterior Ethmoid Cells, and from thence to the Note*—Tiie Sinufes add to the Strength and melody of the voice. In a Foetus of nine months, the Os Frontis is compofed of two Pieces.—The Superciliary Holes and Frontal Sinufes are not yet formed. OSS A PARIEZJLU. THE Situation of the Parietal Bones in the upper and lateral parts of the Cranium. The figure of each Parietal Bone a Trapezium, or approach. iftg that or a Square. The upper Edge, longeft The anterior Edge, next in length. Vol. I. Aa * b 1 The poftfripr Edge, Shorter. The inferior. Shortest, and in form of a tagged arch, to be conneaodto the upper edge of the Squamous part of the Tem- poral Bone. The three firft Edges of the Bone ragged, where they aflift in forming the True Sutures. The corners of the Bone obtufe, excepting the under and an- terior, which forms a kind of procefs. The external convex Smooth furface of the Bone. The. tranfverfe arched Ridge, or Line, placed externally, a lit- tie below the middle heght of the Bone, for the origin of the Temporal Mufcle. The radiated Furrows at the un-Ier part of the Bone, formed by the Fibres of the Temporal Mufcle. The Foramen Parietale, tor the paSfage of a Vein from the Integuments of the Head to the fuperior longitudinal Sinus; and fometimes for tjie tranfmiflion of a fmall Artery to the Falx of the Dura Mater. The internal concave Surface of the Bone. The Furrows made by the Blood-veffels of the Dura Mater, the principal of which begin by a Trunk at the under and fore- pirt of the Bone. The Depreftion at the upper Edge of the Bone, which is moft , ditinaiy feen when the Bones are conjoined, for the attachment^' of the Falx, and lodgment of the fuperior longitudinal Sinus. .' The Foffa at the under and back part of the Bone, for lodging a fmall part of the lateral Sinus. Numerous depreffions found on the infide of the Bone, occasi- oned by the prominences of the Brain. The Connection of the Parietal Bones to the Frontal one, by the Coronal Suture,—to each other by the Sagittal Suture. In the Fcetus the fides of the Parietal Bones are incomplete, and there is no Parietal Hole. Between the Parietal Bones and the middle of the Os Frontii, there is a Membranous Subftance filling the interflice, and getting the name of Bregma, Fans, or Fontanella, from its having been fuppofed by the Ancients that the Superfluous humours of the Brain are evacuated through it. os occipitis. THE Situation of the Occipital Bone in the bade and under part of the Cranium. Its rhomboid figure. The two lateral Angles. 7 The external Surface, convex and fmooth at the upper part. The large arched Ridge, uear the middle of the convex Sur- face, to the center of which the Traptzii Mufc es are Sixed, the outer parts giving origin to the Occipito Frontalis. The fmaller Arch, under the former. ^ The Dcpreffions between the large and fmall Arche«,Tbr the conneaion of the Complex'. The impreffions between the Arches and the Temporal Bones, for the attachment of the Splenii. Cavities between the fmaller Arch and the Foramen Magnum, for the reception of the Reai M nores. The perpendicular Spine, between the Mufcles of the oppofite Sides. The unequal Edges of the Foramen Magnum, for the infeition of Ligaments, by which the Head is fixed to the Vertebras of the neck. The inj'erior Angle, called Cuneiform or Bafilar Procefs. The unequal Surface of the Cuneiform Procefs, for the at- tachment of the Reai Anteriores Mufcles. The Condyles placed at the Bafe of the Cuneiform Procefs. and fides of the Foramen Magnum, for the articulation with the firft Vertebra of the Neck. The oval Form and fmooth Cartilaginous Surface of the con- dyles, cerrefponding with the fuperior articulating Proeeffes *of the firft Vertebra. The rough Edges, of the Condyles, for the attachment of their CapS'ular Ligaments. The rough Surface between the Condyles and Maftoid Pro- eeffes of the Temporal Bones, for the infertion of the Reai Ca- pitis Laterales Mufcles. The internal Surface of the Bone, hollow, for containing the back-part of the Brain and Cerebellum. The Cruciform Spine of the inner Side. The upper Limb of the perpendicular Spine, hollow in the middle, or frequently at one Side, for the reception of the fupe- rior longitudinal Sinus, and the attachment of ihe Falx. The lateral Limbs placed oppofite to the greakexterral arched Spine, and hollow in the middle, tor containing >he lateral Si- nufes, and giving attachment to the Tentorium of the Dura Mater. The lower Limb of the perpendicular Spine, for the attach- ment of the Falx Minor. The Foffa at the Sides of the upper Limb, for containing the poftei ior Lobes of trie Brain. The Fhfif* at the Sides of the lower Limb, for containing the Cerebellum. 6 LT»h/ "*f«™ ?"rA" of the Curttifo"" P»ocefs for receiving the Medullu Oblongata, and Bafilar Artery. : s The Depreffbnt at each fide of the Cuneiform Proceft, when the inferior Petrofal Sinufes are placed. The Firemen Magnum, behind the Bafilar Procefs, and at the fides of the Condyles, for the paS&ge of the Medulla Oblonga. ta, Ve*pbral Veffels, and AcceSTory Nerves. Thejuperior or anterior Condyloid Foramina, for the pafcge of the Ninth Pair of Nerves. The pofterior Condyloid Foramina, for the paffage of Veins in- to the Lateral Sinufes. The CanneiHonoS. the Bone tothe Offa Parietal is, by the Lamb- doid Suture. In the Foetus the Occipital Bone U divided \nf four pieeeii the firft reaching from the middle of the Lambdoid Suture t* the Foramen Magnum, the fecond and third are placed at thi Sides of that Foramen, and the fourth forms the Cuneiform Procefs. OSS A TEMPO RUM. THE Situation of each Temporal Bone in the under part of the fide of the Cranium. The Squamous Plate, which forms a part of the Temple, and gives origin to a portion of the Temporal Mufcle. The Maftoid Procefs, at the under and back part of the Bone, giving infertion'to Strong Mnfcles, and containing Cells which communicate with each otlter, and with the Canity of the Tym- pannm. The? Pars Petrofa hard like a rock, and placed at the bafe of the Bone, from which it runs obi qoely forwards and inwatdi, and contains the internal Organ of hearing; to be afterwardl defi-iibed. The Zygomatic Procefs, running from the under and fore-part of the Squamous Pfofe, to join the Os Malas,' and form an Arch, under which the Temporal Muftle paSfes to the Lower Jaw1. Alubercle at the root of'this Procefs, covered with Carr- iage,' and making part of the Art-dilation of the Lower Jaw. "I he Styloid Procefs, placed at the root of the Pars Petrofa, and going obliquely downwards and forwards, to give origin to Muicies which belong to the Tongue an ! Throat. The Vaginal Procefs, of an inconfiderabjp fize, furrounding the root of the Styloid Procefs. "JTie Rough Margin at the undeT part of The external Meatus, fome im»s alio considered as a Procefs, and-called Auditory. A Groove, at he under part of the root of the Maftoid Pro- cefs, giving origin to the Digaftrie Mufcle, 9 - The Glenoid Cavity, lined with Cartilage at the root of the Zygoma, for the articulation of the Lower Jaw. The Glenoid Fiffure, at the back-part of this Cavity, for the at- tachment of the Capfular Ligament of the articulation of the Jaw. A Depreffon between the articular Cavity and Styloid Pro- cefs, for lodging a portion of the Parotid Gland. The Thimble like Cavity, or the Jugular Foffa, at the inner lide of the root of the Styloid Procefs, for lodging the top of the internal Jugular Vein. Meatus Auditorius Externus, between the Maftoid and Zygo- matic Proeeffes, leading inwards and forwards to the Organ of hearing. Foramen Stylo-Maftoideum, or Aquaduit of Fallopius, be- tween the Styloid and Maftoid Proeeffes, for the tranfmiflion of the Portio Dura of the Seventh Pair of Nerves. The Foramen Caroticum, at the inner and fore part of the Jugular Foffa, leading upwards, then forwards through the point of the Pars Petrofa, for the tranfmiflion of the internal Carotid Artery to the Brain. Iter a Palato ad Aurem, or Euftacbian Tube, between the Fiffure for the Capfular Ligament of the Lower Jaw, and the Paflage of the internal Carotid Artery; and, in the Subjea, by the addition of a Cartilage, formed into a trumpet-like Tube, which conveys air from the Nofe to the Tympanum of the Ear.' Foramen Maftoideum, occafionally found at the back part of the Maftoid Procefs, or in the Lambdoid Suture. When pre- sent, it fometimes transmits an Artery to the Dura Mater, but more commonly a Vein from the Integuments of the Head to the lateral Sinus. The upper and inner Edge of the Squamous Plate formed into ridges and furrows;where it is conneaed with the Parietal Bone. The inner Surface of the Squamous Plate, unequal where it is marked by the Convolutions of the Brain, and by the-Arte- ries of the Dura Mater. The anterior and outer Surface of the Pars Petrofa, oppofed to the lateral Lobes of the Brain. The pofterior and inner Surface of the Pars Petrofa, oppofed to the Cerebellum. - A Ridge between .the two Surfaces of the Pars Petrofa, for the attachment of the Tentorium. A Groove upon the ridge of the Pars Petrofa, for Iodine the fuperior Petrofal Sinus. Foffa, at the root of the pofterior Surface of the Pars Petrofa* and oppofite to the Maftoid Procefs, tor lodging the lateral Si- nus, wfu re it turns downwards to go out of the Cranium. Meatus Auditorius Internus, or Foramen Auditivum, in the pofterior Surface of the Pars Petrofa, for the paflage of the Se- venth Pair of Nerves. 10 Foramen Innominatum, in ,the anterior Surface of the Pars Petrofa, for the paffage of a refleaed Nerve from the Fifth to the Seventh Pair. Foramen Lacerum Pofterius, or Hole common to the Pars Pe- trofa and Cuneiform Procefs of the Occipital Bone, for the paf- fage of the laeral Sinus, Eighth Pair, and acceffory Nerves.— The Nerves pafs through the fore-part of the Hole, and are fe- parated from the Sinus by a Procefs of the Duia Mater. The Connection of the Bone, by its upper curved Edge, to the Parietal Bone by the Squamous Suture. - To the under and back part of the Parietal Bone, by tht Additamentum of the Squamous Suture. To the Occipital Bone, by the Additamentum of the Lamb- doid Suture. In a Foetus, the Squamous is feparated from the Petrous part by a F.ffure. There is no appearance of Maftoid or Styloid Procefs, and, inftead of a Meatus Externusy there is only a Ring of Bone, in which the Membrana Tympani is fixed. OS ETHMOID ES. THE Situation of the Ethmoid or Cribriform Bone in the fore part of the Bafe of the Cranium. Its Cuboid Figure. The Cribriform Plate, perforated with many holes, for the tranfmiflion of the Firft, or Olfaaory Pair of Nerves. The Crifta Galli arifing from the middle of the Cribriform Plate, to give attachment to the Falx of the Dura Mater. ' A Notch at the fore-part of the root of the Crifta Galli, contributing, in a very fmall degree, to the formation of the Foramen Caecum of the Frontal Bone. The Nafal Plate, extending downwards from the bafe of the Crifta Galli, to form the upper and back part of the Sep- tum, or Partition of the Noftrils. The Ethmoid Cells placed under the Cribriform Plate, a little to the o^fid* of the Nafal Lamella,, feparated from each other by thin Plates, and Serving the fame purpofes as the Frontal Sinufes. Their Communications with each other, with the Frontal Si- nus, and alfo with the Cavity of the Nofe. The Os Spongiofum, or Tj»binatum Superius, hanging down from the cethmoicf Cells at the fide of the Nafal Lamella, for t'L!arg,ng; the organ of Smell. ' Its Triangular form and Spongy texture. Its Conve.rity towards the Septum, and Concavity autwards. II The Os Planum, or Orbitar Plate; for covering a large Share of the cethmoid Cells, and forming the greater part of the in- ner fide of the Orbit. The Connection of the Cribriform Plate to the Orbitar Plates of the Frontal Bone, by the cethmoid Suture; and to the Sphe- noid Bone, by a Suture common to the two Bones, but gene- rally confidered as belonging to the latter. The Connection of the Os Planum to the Orbitar Plate of the Frontal Bone, by part of the Tranfverfe Suture. The pofterior Edge of the Nafal Plate, joined to the Pro- ceffus Azygos of the Sphenoid Bone. Its upper Edge, joined to the Nafal Procefs of the Frontal. and Nafal Bones. Its anterior Edge, joined to the middle Cartilage of the Nofe. In the Foetus, the oetlimoid Bone is divided into two bya Cartilaginous Partition, which afterwards forms the Nafal Plate and Crifta Galli. OS SPHENOIDES. THE Situation of the Sphenoid, Cuneiform, or Wedge-like Bone, in the middle of the Cranium. Its Irregular Figure, compared to that of a Bat with ex- tended wint;s. The Temporal Plate, hollow, for lodging a Share of the Tern - pr,ral Mufcle. The Orbitar Plate, which forms a portion of the Orbit. The Spinous Procefs, at the under and back part of the Tem- poral Procefs. The Styloid Procefs, at the point of .the Spinous Procefs. , The Pterygoid, or Alijorm Procefs, comoofed of two Plates, which are compared to the wings, though more property.refem- bling the feet of the Bat. The external Plate, broad and hollow without, where the ex- ternal Pterygoid Mufcle has its origin. The internal Plate, narrower and longer than the external, and, with its fellow, forming the back part of the Nofe. A Hook-like Procefs upon the internal Plate, over which the Circumflex Mufcle of the Palate moves. The Foffa Pterygoidea,j3^tvieeva^ae Pterygoid Plates, giving rife to the internal Pterygoid MuifR '■ A Groove between the root of the Styloid Procefs, and that of the internal Pterygoid Plate, aflilting in the formation of the Eustachian Tube. 12 The Triangular Procefs, which adheres to the body of the Sphenoid, and to the cethmoid Bone, and which is confidered as one of the Bones of the Face. The Proceffus Azygos, Standing Single, and projeaing from under the middle and fore-part of the Bone. The Clinoid Proeeffes, compared to the fupporters of a Bed, ef which there are Two Anterior, terminating each in a point, which obtains the name of Tranfverfe Spinous Procefs. The third is The Pofterior Clinoid trocefs, Situated tranfverl'ely, Someway behind the anterior Proeeffes, and frequently ending in twe knobs, which incline obliquely forwards. Proceffus Olivaris, confidered by fome as a fourth Clinoid Procefs, lying between the pofterior points of the anterior Cli- noid Proeeffes. Between the anterior Clinoid Proeeffes, a fmall-pointed Pro- cefs frequently juts forwards, to join the Cribriform Plate of the cethmoid Bone. m The Temporal Foffa of this Bone, which lodges a Share ofH the lateral Lobe of the Brain. ' A Foffa between the anterior Clinoid Proeeffes, where part , of the anterior Lobes of the Brain refts. A Deprejfton before the Proceffus Olivaris, where the conjoin- ed Optic Nerves lie. The Sella Turcica, Ephippium, or Turkifb Saddle, between the Proceffus Olivaris and pofterior Clinoid Procefs, for lodging the Glandula Pituitaria. A Depreffion upon the fide of the pofterior Clinoid Procefs and Sella Turcica, formed by the internal Carotid Artery. >• The Foramen Opticum under the anterior Clinoid Procefs, for the tranfmiflion of the Optic Nerve and Ocular Artery. The Foramen Lacerum Superius, or fuperior Orbitar Fiffurt, under the anterior Clinoid Procefs, and its tranvcrfe Spinous part, for the paffage of the Third, Fourth, firft part of the Fifth, and the Sixth Pair of Nerves, and the Ocular Vein. The Foramen Rotundum, a little behind the Foramen Lace- ' rum, for the paffage of the fecond part of the Fifth Pair of Nerves. The Foramen Ovale, farther back, and more external than the Rotundum, for the paffage of the third part of the Fifth Pair of Nerves, and commonly for the paff-ge of the Veins which accompany the principal Artery of the Dura Mater. , The Foramen Spinale, jflfthe point of the Spinous Procefs, for the tranlmiSfion of the^-incipal Artery of the Dura Mater. The Foramen Pterygoideum, at the root of the inner Plate of the Pterygoid Procefs, for the paffage «f a refleaed branch of the fecond part of the Fifth Pair of Nerves. \'i Sometimes one or more fmall paffages are obferved in or near the Sella Turcica, for the tranfmiflion of Blood-veffels into the Sphenoid Sinus, or to the fubftance of the Bone The Foramen Lacerum Anterius, common to the point of the Pars Petrofa, and to the Sphenoid and Occipital Bones. In a recent Skull, this Hole is filled with a Cartilaginous Ligament, which drops out by maceration. The Sphenoid Sinus, in the body of the Bone, at the under and fore-part of the Sella Turcica. A complete Partition between the right and left Sphenoid Si- nufes. The Paffage from the upper and fore-part of the Sphenoid Sinus, into the upper and back-part of the Nofe. The Subftance of the Bone, the moft unequal of any in the Body, fome parts being extremely thin, while others are thicker than mod parts of the Cranium. The Connection of the Bone to all the other Bones of the Cra- nium, by the Sphenoid Suture. In the Foetus, the Temporal Wings are feparated from the Body of the Bone by Maceration, and there are no Sphenoid Sinufes. THE BONES OF THE FACE. THEY are divided into the Upper and Under Jaws. The Upper Jaw is compofed of feven pairs of Bones, and one without a fellow, viz. Two Offa Nafi; Two Offa Unguis; Two Offa Malarum; Two Offa Maxillaria Superior a ; Two Offa Palati; Two Offa Spongiofa Inferiora; Two Triangular Bones, placed at the fides of the Sphenoid Sinufes ; and the Vomer. The Lower Jaw confifts of a fingle Bone. The Os Nasi. Its Situation in the upper and fore-part of the Nofe. Its Oblong Form. The thick, ragged, upper end. The thin inferior extremity. Its external Convexity. Its internal Concavity, where it forms part of the Cavitv of the Nofe. ' l The Spinous Procefs, which forms part of the Partition of the Vol. I. B 14 ©ne or move Hales externally, for transmitting Veffels into the Bone. Its Connection to the Frontal Bone by the Tranfverfe Suture. Connection to its fellow by the anterior Nafal Suture. Os Unguis, or Lacrymale. Its Situation at the inner and fore-part of the Orbit. The Divifion, externally, into two depreffed Surfaces .and \ middle Ridge. The pofterior Depreffon, forming part of the Orbit. The anterior. Deprefjion, lodging part of the Lacrymal Sac and Dua, and perforated by fmall rioles, tiiou^h which Fibres pafs, to make a firm cpnneaion between the Bone and its invert- ing Membrane. The inner Surface-, compoSed of a Furrow and tivo irregular eonvex Surfaces, correfponding with the anterior Ethmoid Cells. The Subftance of the Bone is the thinneft and moft brittle of any in the Body. It is connected to the Frontal Bone, by the Tranfverfe Suture and to the Os Planum by the Ethmoid Suture. Internally, it is conneaed with the Ethmoid Cells. \ Os Mal^. Its Situation in the outer part of the Cheek, The external, convex, fmooth Surface. The pofterior hollow Surface, for lodging part of the Tempo. ral Mufcle. - The fuperior Orbitar Procefs, forming part of the outfide of the Orbit. The inferior Orbitar Procefs, forming part of the lower Eda of the Orbit. The Maxillary. Proctfs, forming the under part of the Promi- nence of the Cheek. The Arch between the Orbitar Proeeffes, which forms near a third part of the anterior circumference of the Orbit. The Zygomatic Procefs, forming part of the Arch over tiie Temporal Mufcle. The Internal Orbitar Plate, forming the outer and fore-part of the Oioit. r „K?a£age throuSh the Bone> f°r the tranfmiflion of fmall Veflels or Nerves from the Orbit to the Face. The Covneclign of the fuperior Orbitar Piocefs and internal Orbitar Plate, to the frontal and Sphenoid Bones, bv the tranf- verfe Suture. . 'J The Connection of the Zygomatic Piocefs to the Tero»»l Bone, by the Zygomatic Suture. ,,c *wuiw 15 Os Maxillare SlTPERItfS. ^. uafion in the fore-part of the Upper Jaw, and fide of Vofe. iis Size, the largeft of the Bones of the Upper Jaw. The Nafal, or angular Procefs, forming part of the fide of the Nofe, and of the inner part of the Orbit. A Ridge at the under and inner part of the Nafil Procefs, for fiipporting part of the Os Spongiofum inferius. The Orbitar Plate, forming a large Share of the under fide of the Orbit. The Malar Procefs, unequal and ragged, where it contributes, with the Os Mala?, to form the Prominence of the Cheek. The Tuberosity, or bulge at the back-part of the Bone. The Alveolar Arch, of a fpongy nature, where the Sockets of the Teeth are placed. The Palate Procefs, forming part of the Roof of the Mouth, and of the bottom of the Nofe. The Nafal Spine, contributing, in a fmall degree, to the for- mation of the Septum of the Nofe. A Depreffion behind the Malar Procefs, where the under end •f the Temporal Mufcle plays. A Depreffion at the under and fore-part of the Malar Procefs, where the Mufcles which raife the Upper Lip, and corner of the Mouth', originate. A Cavity formed by the Palate Plate. A Notch forming the under and fore-part of the Noftril. The Alveoli, or Sockets for the Teethj the number of Sockets correS>inding to the Fangs of the Teeth. The Lacrymal Groove, which, with that of the Os Unguis, forms a paffage fbr the Lacrymal Dua into the Nofe. A Canal in the Orbitar Plate, terminating anteriorly by the Foramen Infra Orbitarium, through which the Infra-Orbitar branch of the fecond part of the Fifth Part of Nerves, with a branch of the internal Maxillary Aitery, pafs to the Face. The Foramen Incifivum, or Palatinum Anteriits, behind the fore-teeth, common to b.th hones below, but proper to each a- bove, and filled with a Piocefs of the foft Palate, and wrth fmal] Veffels and Nerves, which run between the Membranes of the Mouth and Nofe. In fome Subjeas, there is a diftina Ductus Incifivus, leading from one or from each Noftril into* the cavity of the Mouth, Si- milar to that which is always found in the larce Quadrupeds. A fhmll Hole commonly found in the Nafal Procefs, and fome minute Paffages at the back-part of the Tuberbfity, for the -franf- miflion of Blood-veffels and Nerves into the Subftance of the 11 me, or Antrum Maxillare. » 16 Sinus MaxiUaris, Antrum MaxiUar, or H'ighmorianum, Situ- ated uuder the Oibitar Plate, and above the Targe Denies Mo- lares, for the fame purpofes as the other Sinufes ot the Head. The Opening of the Sinus, large in the Separate Maxillary Bone, but, in the conneaed (late, fo covered by the inferior fpon^v, and Palate-Bones and Membranes, as to leave only a final! Aperture between the Offa Spongiofa fupenus and infenus, into the cavity of the Nofe. » The Connection of the Os Maxillare fuperius, to the Frontal i Bone, by the tranfverfe Suture;—to the Os Unguis, by the La- crymal Suture ;—to the Os Nafi, by the lateral Nafal Suture ;— to'the Clue's.-bone, by the external Orbitar Suture; to the Os PlarMrn, by the Ethmoid Suture ;—to its fellow, by the longi- tudinal Palate Suture. Anteriorly, between the Mouth and Nofe, the B^nes are join- ed together by the Myftachial Suture. In the Fcetus, there are Six Sockets for the Teeth. There is HoTubcrouy, and the Maxillary Sinus is only beginning to form. , Os Palati. Its Situation in the back-part of the Palate. The Oblong Form of the Palate-Plate, which forms the back part of the Offeous Palate. Us pofterior curved Edge, where it is connefted with the Ve- lum Palati; alio the Point at the inner extremity of the curw, for the origin of the Muicle of the U\ula. Its thick, ftrong Subftance, where it joins its fellow. Its Spinous Procefs at the inner Edge of the Palate-Plate, join- ing the under Edge of the Vomer. 1 The Pterygoid Procefs, of a Triangular form, with Foffa cor- responding to the Pterygoid Plates of the Sphenoid Bone. The Nafal Plate, forming a portion of the fide of the Nofe, and Antrum Maxillare. A Ridge on the iniide of this Plate, upon which the b..ck-part of the interior fpongy Bone relts. The Orbitar Proeeffes at the upper and back-part of the Nafal- Plate, "contributing a little in the formation of the Oibit, and of the Ethmoid and Sphenoid S.nufes. A Notch between the Orbitar Pioccfles, forming part of the Foramen Spheno-Palatinum, for the paflage of the lateral Nafal Veffels and Nerve. Foramen Palatinum pofterius, at the outer end of the Palate- Plate of this Bone, but common to it and the Maxillary Bone, for the tranfmiflion of the Palatine Veffels and Nerves. Ajn.e.l'. Hole frequently obferved behind the former, and com- municating with it, for the paSTage of a br..r.ch of the Palatine Nerve. /~. Foramen tpbeno-Maxillare, Lacerum Infiritis, or Inferfir*Or- bitar Fiffure, at the under and outer part of the dibit, and com- mon to the Cuneiform, Maxillare, M-ilar, and Palate Bones, for lodging fat, and tranfmitting fmall twigs of Veffels and Nerves into the Oibit. The Connection of the Os Palati to the Palate-Plate of the Maxillary Bone, by the tranfverfe Palate Suture ;—to the Max- illary Bone, at the fide of the Nofe and bottom of the Orbit, by the Palato-maxillary Suture;—to the Pterygoid Procefs of the Sphenoid Bone, by the Sphenoid Suture;-*-to the Os Planum and Ethmoid Cells, by the Ethmoid Suture;—to its fellow, by the longitudinal Palate Suture. Os Spongiosum, or Turbinatum Inferius. Its Situation ia the under part of the Side of the Nofe. Its Triangular form and fpongy appearance. Its Convexity towards the Septum Nafi, and Concavity out- wards. The two Proeeffes at the upper part of the Bone, the anterior forming part of the Lacrymal Groove, and the pofterior part of the Wall of the Maxillary Sinus. This Bone is connected to the Os Maxillare, Os Palati, and Os Unguis, by a diftina Suture in a young fubjea, but in an old perfon, it grows firmly to thefe Bones by an union of fub- ftance. Sphenoidal Cornu, or Os Triangularis The Situation of the triangular Bone between the body of the Sphenoid Bone and root of its internal Pterygoid Procefs, co- vering the under part of the Sphenoid Sinus. The Connexion to the back-part of the Ethmoid Bone.—In an old perfon this Bone grows fo firmly to the Sphenoid Bone, as to be confidered. by fome authors as one of its Proeeffes. Vomer. Jts Situation in the under part of the Septum Nafi, .where it fcparates the Noftrils from each ether. It is frequently bent to one Side* in which cafe the one Noftril is utndered larger than the other. Its Form* compared to that of the Plough-Share. The Superior and Pofhrior part, thick and ftrong, with a Fur. row to receive the Proceffus Azygos of the Sphenoid Bone. The Superior Part* with a Furrow to receive the Nafal Plate of the Ethmoid Bone and Cartilage of the Nofe. The Inferior Edge conneaed with the Spinous ProceSfca of the Palate and Maxillary Bones. Vol. I. B a T^e Pofterior Ed^e, unconneacd with any other Bone, and turned to the Cavity of the Fauces. ----^mmo^nmm---- MAXILLA INFERIOR. THE Figure of the Maxilla Inferior, or Lower Jaw, com- pared to that of the Greek v. Its Divifton into Chin, Sides, and Proeeffes. The Chin, extending between the Mental Foramina. The Side reaching from the Mental Foramen to the back-part of the Bone. A tranfverfe Ridge on the fore-part of the Chin, with depref- fions on each Side, for the origin of the Mufcles of the Under Lip. Small Prominences and Depreffions on the under and back-part of the Chin, for the attachment of the Fraenum Linguae, and feveral Mufcles which belong to the Throat. The Bafe, or loweft Part, forming the under boundary of the Faee. The Angle of the Jaw at the back-part of the Bafe. Impreffions made by the Maffeter Mufcle, upon the Plate which arifes from the angle of the Jaw. The Condyloid or Articular Procefs, with an oblong fmooth cartilaginous Surface, placed upon a Cervix at the upper and ' back-part of the Bone. The Coronoid Procefs, Situated a little before the Condyloid, for the infertion of the Temporal Mufcle. The Situation of the Coronoid Procefs behihd the Zygoma. A Semilunar Notch between the Proeeffes. The Alveolar Procefs, at the upper edge of the Bone, and the Alveoli Similar to thoie of the Upper Jaw. The Sockets worn down by old age, in confequence of which the Jaw becomes nai rower and mere prominent. Trie pofterior Maxillary Foramen at the root of the Condyloid and Coronoid Proeeffes, upon the inner fide of the Jaw, for the paffage of the Th'rd, or inferior Maxillary Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves, with correfponding Blood-veffels. A fmall-pointed Procefs at the inner edge of this Hole, where a Ligament goes off to be fixed to the Temporal Bone. Above the Hole, the Bone is marked by the paflage of the Nerve and Veffels, and below it, there is commonly afmallFur- row pointing out the courfe of a Nerve which goes to a Mufcle ' and Gland under the Tongue. Between the pofterior Maxillary Foramen and the angle, the Bone is marked by the infertion of the Intei nal Pterygoid Mufcle. I? The Anterior Maxillary Foramen, or Mental Hole, at the Side of the Chin, where the remains of the Inferior Majtillary Nerve and Veffels come out. "* m Between the Pofterior and Anterior Foramina, the Inferior Maxillary Canal runs in the fubftance of the Bone, a little be- low the roots of the Teeth, and has many perforatiens, for the paSTage of fmall branches of Veffels and Nerves which fupply the Jaw and Teeth. The Surface of the Jaw is remarkably hard, and within, it has numerous Cells which furround the Maxillary Canals, and communicate with each other at the fore-part of the Bone. The Articulation of the Jaw by its Condyloid Proeeffes, with the Glenoid Cavity of the Temporal Bone, and alfo with the Tubercle at the root of its Zygomatic Piocefs. An intermediate moveable Cartilage, placed in the Articula- tion of the Lower Jaw, allowing the Condyle to remain in the Glenoid Cavity, in the gentler motions of the Jaw, but admit- ting it to advance upon the Tubercle, or root of the Zygoma, when the mouth is widely opened. In a Foetus, the Lower Jaw is compofed of two pieces joined together in the middle of the Chin, by the intervention of a Car- tilage, which gradually offifies, and leaves no mark of division. —The Cavities for the Teeth are the fame as in the Upper JaW. ---—»ow --- THE TEETH. THE Situation of the Teeth in the Alveoli of the Jaws. The Number of the Teeth, Sixteen in each Jaw. The Bafe, or Body of each Tooth, which appears without the Sockets. The Roots or Fangs, placed in the Sockets, and of a Conical farm. The Ned or Collar of the Teeth. The Sockets are lined with a Vafcular Membrane, which ferves as a Periofteum to the Teeth. The Cortex, or Enamel, which covers the bafe of each Tooth, and becomes gradually thinner towards the Cervix. The Fibres of the Enamel are placed perpendicular to the Of- feous Subftance, to diminish the effeas of Friaion. The Fibres of the Offeous Part of the Teeih form Lamella?, which run in the direaion of the furfacc of the Teeth. A Foramen in the point of the root of each Tooth, and a paf- fage leading from it into a common Cavity in the Bafe of the Tooth, for lodging the Vafcular and Nervous Pulp of the Teeth. 20 The Divifion of the Teeth into Three Clafifts, viz. —On each fide of each Jaw,— Two Incifores, or cutting Teeth ; One Caninus, Cufpidatm, or Dog's Tooth; Two Bicufpides, or fmall Anterior Molares, or Grinding Tectb; and Three large Pofterior Molares, or principal Grinders. The Incifores, having their Bafes formed into Wedges, wbici are Sloped out behind. The Caninus, having its Baffin form of a Wedge pointed n the middle. The fmall Molares, each with double points, which, in thi Upper Jaw, are nearly upon a level, but, in the Under Ja». higheft on the outfide of the Teeth. The Incifores, Caninus, and Small Molares, v/itbfingle roots, excepting the fmall Molaris of the Upper Jaw, which has fit! quently tivo roots. Of the three pofterior, or lower Molares of the Under Jaiuf the firft has five points, and each of the other two has four pointt. Each of thefe three Teeth, has two, three, or Sometimes four roots. v '■ In the Upper Jttnxt, the firftlarge Molaris has only far points, and each ot the other two only three points. m In each of thefe three Teeth, there is generally one root mor< in thofe of the Upper, than in the correfponding Teeth of the Under Jaw. The laft, or back moft Molaris, called Sapiens, from its ap. I pearing much later than the reft, is fmaller and has generally fewer roots. ' The Teeth are conueRei to the Sockets by Gomfhofes, (likes nail fixed in a board) and by a firm adhefion to the Gums. In tha Foe-tiw, the outer Shell only of five deciduous Teeih. and of one permanent Tooth, in eaeh fide of each Jaw, is found. Th*fe Teeth are Situated in Capfuls, within the Jaw, andun- der its furface. At this period there are no roots formed. Between the inner fide of the deciduous Teeth and the Alreo- K in theFoatu* \jttlt Capful, are placed, and conneaed by Proeeffes with the Gums, in which the Indfore* and Caniai w afterward* foraaed; but at this time these is no appearance of the rudiments of auy of die Teeth. See Dr. Blakit Thtfu, i nJ. OS HTOIDES. THE Situation of the Os Hyoides, at the root of the Tongue and top of the Larynx, where it Serves as a Lever, allowS- veral Mufcles, moving thefe parts, to be fixed to it S 21 The Shape, compared to that of the Greek letter v. The Body of the Bone, convex before, and concave behind. Several impreffions are feen on its Body, occafioned by the nu- merous Mufcles fixed to it. The Cornua, extending backwards and upwards from each fide of the Body. 7 he Appendices, placed at the upper part of the Articulation between • he Body and Cornua. From each Appendix a Ligament fent up to the Styloid Procefs of the Temporal Bone. The Os Hyoides is not immediately conneaed to any other Bone, but is kept in its place by numerous Mufcles and Liga- ments, to be afterwards mentioned. At biith, the greater part of the Bone is in a Cartilaginous ftate, and the Appendices continue fo for many years after tha other parts-are completely oflified. ~ iaiCQ^O^o^O^ THE TRUNK. THE Trunk, eompofed of the Spine, Pelvis, and Thorax. The Spine, reaching from the Condyles of the Occipital Bone, to the lower end of the Os Coccygis. The Spine appearing firaight, when viewed anteriorly or pof- teriorly. The feveral Curvatures of the Spine, when viewed in a la- teral direction. The Spine, eompofed of a long upper, and a Short under Py- ramid, joined together by their Bafes. The upper Pyramid, eompofed of true Vertebra, or bones which turn upon each other. The under Pyramid, formed of falfe Vertebra, or Bones which, at an early period of life, refemble the true Vertebra:, but after- wards grow together, fo as not to contribute to the motions of the Trunk of the Body. 22 THE TRUE VERTEBRA. Are Twefity-four in Number. EACH of the true Vertebrae eompofed of a Body and Pro. teffes. . , The Body of a true Vertebra of a fpongy nature, with upper and under Surfaces placed horizontally. The anterior convexity of the Body, and pofterior concavih, j Numerous fmall Holes on the anterior and lateral parts of til Body, for the paffage of Blood-veffels into the Subftance of the Bone, or tor the attachment of Ligamentous Fibres. A Ring of Bone, at the upper and under edges of the Body, of a firmer texture than the reft of its Subftance-, and thereby adding to the general Strength of the Bone. The Rir.g of Bone forming a fuperficial Cavity, which re- ceives the Intervertebral Cartilage. The Intervertebral Cartilages, or Cartilago-Iigamentous Sub- fiances, placed between the Bodies of the Vertebrae, for fixinfc them together, and allowing the Spine to be moved in all difl reaions. * The Intervertebral Substances are eompofed of Concentric La. mella, with their edges fixed to the bodies of the Vertebrae. The Lamellae of thefe Subftances are formed of Oblique Ft- bres, which decuffateeach other, and are very compreffible. The Centre of thefe Subftances changes fiom Lamella, and puts on the appearance of a Mucus or Pulp, which has little compreSSibility, and ferves as a pivot upon which the other parts move. The Intervertebral Subftances, like the Vertebrae themfelvet, larger and thicker as they defcend, to give greater fecurity t« the parts they Support. An Arch Sent out from the back-part of the Body, which, together with the Body, forms a large Hole for the paffage of the Spinal Marrow. A Notch at the upper and under edge of each fide of the Arch, for the paffage of the Spinal Nerves. The two Superior Oblique, or Articulating Proeeffes, covered with Cartilage, placed upon the upper part of the fides of ihe Arch. The tvjo Inferior Oblique, or Articulating Proeeffes, alfo co- vered with Cartilage, and placed upon the under part of the fides of the Arch. The tivo Superior Oblique Proeeffes of one Vertebra, articu- lated with the tivo Inferior Oblique ot the Vertebra immediate- ly above it. The tivo Tranfverfe Proeeffes projeaing from the fides of the Arch, and between the Oblique Proccfl'es. 23 The Spinous Jfroceft, Sent out from the back-part of the Arch which being Sharp and pointed, gives name to the whole chain of Bones. The Edges of the Proeeffes, as well as of the Body, are rough, where Li aments come off which fix them to each other. The Vertebiae divided veto feven Cervical, twelve Dorfal, and five Lumbar. The Cervical Vertebra, or Vertebra of the Neck, having their Bi dies fmaller, more flattened, hefire and behind, and more hol- lowed above and below, than thole of the other Vertebra?. The Articulaing Proeeffes, more Oblique than any others. The Tranfverfe Proeeffes, perforated for the paffage of the Vertebral Blood-veffels, and hollowed above for the tianfmiffi- on of the Spinal Nerves. The Spinal Proeeffes, Strait out from the bodies o^ the Ver- tebrae., fborter than any other, and forked for the attachment of Mufcles. The Cervical Vertebra; admit of free motion, in copfequence of the thicknefs of their Cartilages, and the nature of their Proeeffes. The firft Vertebra, called Atlas, from its Supporting the Globe of the Head, having only a fmall Arch inftead of a Body. The Upper and Under Surfaces of the Arch, marked by the Ligaments which fix it to the Head and fecond Vertebra. The back-part of the Arch, hollow, and covered by a fmooth Catiiage, where it turns,upon the Proceffus Dentatus. The Inner Parts of the fides of the Vertebra, between the Superior and Inferior Oblique Proeeffes, marked by the Lateral Ligaments which go to the Proceflus Dentatus, and by the Tranfverfe Ligament which paffes behind that Procefs. An Arch upon the back part of the Atlas, inftead of a Spi- nous Procefs, marked by Mufcles and Ligaments. The Superior Oblique Proeeffes, oval and hollow, for recei- ving the Condyles of the Occipital Bone. A Foffa under the outer and back-part of each Oblique Pro- cefs, for the circular paffage of the Vertebral Arteries into the Head, and Tenth Pair of Nerves out of it. The Tranfverfe Proeeffes, longer than in any other Cervi- cal Vertebra, for the origin of feveral Mufcles. Upon the Atlas the head hasits^«we« and extenfion, but little other motion. The fecond Vertebra, called Dentata, from the Tooth-like Procefs on the uppe^r partof its Body. The Body of this Vertebra, larger than the reft, and of a Conical figure. The fore-part-of the Proceirhs Dentatus, covered with Car- tlage where it turn*upon the Atlas. 2+ The Sides of this Procefs, marked by the inSert.on of^the Lateral Ligaments, and its Point by the infertion of the Per- pendicular Ligament which is fixed to the Edge of the Fori. men Magnum of the Occipital Bone. The Superior Oblique Proeeffes placed horizontally, andele- vated in the middle, to be received into the hollow Inferior Oblique Proeeffes of the Atlas, where the Head has its princi. pal rotary motion. The Spinous Procefs, thick and Strong, to give origin to thi Mufcles wheh aflift in the extenfion and rotation of the Head, and turned down to allow thefe motions to be readily performed.' The feventh Cervical Vertebra, approaching to the form of the Dorfal Vertebrae. The Spinal and Tranfverfe Proeeffes hart no bTurcation. The Dorfal Vertebra, or Vertebra of the Back, having their bodies larger, thai per before, flatter at the Sides, and more hoi. low behind, than thofe of the Cervical Vertebrae. A Pit, lined with Cartilage at each Side of their upper and under Edges, near the Tranfverfe Proeeffes, for the articulatiM on of the Heads of.-the Ribs. * The Intervertebral Cartilages, thin, to admit of little mo- tion only, and thinneft anteriorly, to enlarge the Curvature of the Spine, and increafe the Cavity of the Thorax. The Oblique Proeeffes, having nearly a perpendicular direction, the upper ones Slanting forwards, and the under ones backwards. The Tranfverfe Proeeffes, long, turned obliquely backwards, enlarged at their outer extremity, where they are faced with Car- tilage, to be articulated with the Tubercles of the Ribs. The Spinous Proeeffes, long, thick at the roots, but Slender near the extremities, and pointing obliquely downwards over each other, by which the Spinal Marrow in this part is well protected. The upper Edge of each of the Spinous Proeeffes of tW Vertebrae, formed into a Ridge, which, in certain motions of the Spine, is received by a Groove in the Vertebra immediaielj above it. The laft peculiarity of Struaure, with the others already men- tioned, prevent the Dorfal Vertebrae from having much motion. The firft Dorfal Vertebra has the whole Pit for the Head of the firft Rib formed in it. The twelfth Dorfal Vertebra receives the whole Head of the laft Rib, and has no Cartilaginous Surface on its Tranfverfe Pi ocefs. The Lumbar Vertebra, or thofe of the Loins, having their bodies larger and broader than thofe of the other two claffes. The Intervertebral Cartilages, the thickest of anv, and moft fo at their fore-part, by which the Spine is rendered convex there, for the fupport of the Abdominal Bowels. 25 The Oblique Proeeffes, remarkably deep, and placed upright, the Superior Oblique Procefs of one Vertebra facing inwards, and receiving the Inferior Oblique Procefs of the Vertebra below it, which is turned in the oppofite direaion. The Tranfverfe Procejjes, long, Render, and alfnoft erea, to give origin to large Mufcles, and admit of free motion. The Spinous Proeeffes, Short, large, and Strong, and placed horizontally, with narrow Edges above and below, and broad flat Sides, giving origin to Mufcles of great ftrength. Tne Spinal Canal, larger than in the Back, for the paflage of the Cords of the Spinal Marrow which form the Cauda Equina. In confequence of the thicknefs of the intervertebral Cartila- ges, and the Situation of the Proeeffes of the Lumbar Vertebras, the motion of this part of the Spine is extenfive, though not fo much fo as in the Neck. THE FALSE VERTEBRjE. THE False Vertebra, eompofed of the Os Sacrum and Os Coccygis. The Os Sacrum, Suppofed to be named rather from its Size than from its ha- ving been offeied in facrifice. The triangular form of the Bone, with its pointed under ex- tremity. The flat concave anterior Surface, for enlarging the cavity of the Pelvis. The under and fore-part, forming a turn, called by fome Lefser Angle of this Bone. The convex irregular Surface behind, where Strong Mufcles arife. Four tranfverfe prominent Lines feen anteriorly, pointing out the Situation of the Cartilages which originally divided the Bone into five pieces. The Spinal Canal, of a triangular form, becoming gradually fmaller in its defcent; correfponding with the Cauda Equina which goes through it. The Arch at the fides and back-part of the Spinal Canal much thicker and Stronger than in the True Vertebrae. Only two Oblique Procefses belonging to this Bone, and thefe faxing backwards, to correfpond with the two inferior of the laft Lumbar Vertebra. Vol. I. C ■26 A large oblong Procefs on each fide of the Bone, formed by all the originr.l tranfverfe Proeeffes grown together. The upper lateral parts of the Bone, which correfpond with the three Superior tranlverfePiocefl'es, divided into tivo imgulat Cavities on each fide, by a perpendicular Ruige. Tiie antoriur of the two Cavities is lined with Cartilage, which ^Ivtes this JJone to the Os Ilium, and does, not allow any motion. The pofterior.Cavity is rough and irregular, and in the recent Subjeft is full of Ligamentous Fibres and Cellular Subftance, which an ' included in the general Capfular Ligament, and alio aSfift in fix- ing the two Bones to each other. The Spinous Proeeffes; the three uppermoft commonly.diftinct, but remarkably/Jarr: There is a great variety, however, iu the appearances of the Spinous ProceSfes in different Bones. Four Pairs of large Holes on the anterior Surface of the Bone, at the end of the Lines already defcribed, and Grooves running out from the Holes, for the paffage of the Sacral Nerves. j Four Pairs of Holes on the pofterior Surface, not much finalist I than thofe feen anteriorly; but fo'filled with Cellular Su'dtanct, and covered with Membranes in the Recent Body, as to adinjb fmall Nerves only to pafs out to the Mufcles on the back-part of the Pelvis. A Notch at the under end of each fide of the Bone, or a Holt common to it and the Os Cocsygis, for the paflage of the fell Spinal Nerve. The Subftance of the Os Sacrum, like that of the other Ver- tibras, is very fpongy, and is covered, only by a thin external Plate, which, however, is rendered confieferably Stronger by a Ligamentous Membrane which adheres to it. The Connection of his Bone above to the laft Lumbar Verte- bra, in the way the other Vertebrae are conneaed to each other, and the fame motions allowed as to thefe Vertebrae, The pro- jeaion formed between thefe two Bones anterioily, obtains the name of Promontory or Greater Angles of the Os Sacrum. In the Foetus, the Os Sacrum is compoftd of five distinct Ver- tebras, which-have Intervertebral Cartilages Similar to theft of the True Vertebrae. At this time, each of the Vertebrae of the Os Sacrum, as well as of the True Vertebrae, confifts of a Body and two lateral parts. which are joined, together by Cartilages. - The Os Coccygis. .The Os Coccygis, or Rump-Bone, compared in fhape to the Beak of a Cuckoo, The Situation of this Bone at the end of the Os Sacrum. * The Bone, broad and fiat above, and tapering below. &L The Bone, convex behind, and forming a curve forwatdkl which fuppoits the end of the Rcaum. 27 The four pieces of which it is eompofed in Young Subjects. This Bone is confidered by fome authors as being formed of three pieces; and then the Os Sacrum is faid to have fix. The firft or uppermoft piece the largeft, with Shoulders reach- ing farther than the end of the Os Sacrum, which is confidered by fome as a proper diftinaion between the Os Coccygis and Os Sacrum. From the back-part of the Shoulders, two Cornua frequently afcend to join the forked Spinous Procefs at the end of the Os. Sacrum, for the paflage of the laft pair of Spinal Nerves, which goes through a hole common to this Bone and the Os Sacrum on each fide. The three lower Bones of the Os Coccygis becoming gradual- ly Smaller, the fourth terminating in a rough point. A Cartilage is interpofe.l between the different pieces of this Bone in Young Subjects, joining them together, as in the cafe of the Vertebras, allowing motion upon each other forwards and backwards, but chiefly between the firft and fecond pieces, and a greater degiee of motion thc.e in the Female than in the Male. In advanced life, but earlier in Men than in Women, the pie- ces grow together fo as to admit of no motion ; but this circum- fhnca is much longer of happening between the firft and Second^ than between thejjtther pieces. The Subftanfe, Hke that of the Os Sacrum, is Jpongy, but it differs from it, in having n© paffage for Spinal Marrow, nor Holes for Spinal Nerves. The Connection of this Bone, ia Young Subjeas, to the Os Sacrum, by Cartilage.—In Old People by an union of Subftance. The Surface of the Bone is covered vy a Strong Ligament, which adds to its Strength t Its fides give rife to numerous Myf- cular Fibres, which) while they originate from it, Serve to pro- tea it. In the Foetus, the Os Coccygis is almoft entirely eompofed of Cartilage. THE PELVIS. A. THE Pelvis, or Bones compared to a Bafon, Situated at the lower part of the Trunk, and formed by the Os Sacrum, Os Coccygis, and two Offa Innuminau, OS INNOMINATUM. t The Situation of the Os Innomwatum, or namelefs Botie, in the fore-part and fide of the Relvi, and under the lateral parts of the Abdomen. * 25 The Divifion of the Bone, in Children, into Os Ilium, 0, Ifchium, and Os Pubis. In the Adult, the three Bones are offified together, but retain their original names. The Os Ilium. The Os Ilium, or Haunch-Bone, forming the upper parte! the Os Innominatum, and fpreading out to aSfiSt in Supporting the contents of the Abdomen. The Dorfum, or outer convex Surface of the Bone, raifed in fome parts and depreffed in others, where the Glutei Mufclesj ' have their origin. * The Spine, or upper Semi-circular edge of the Bone, for the attachment of the oblique and tranfverfe Abdominal Mufcles. The anterior fuperior Spinous Procefs, or anterior extremity of the Spine, for the attachment cf the Sartorius Mufcle and Poupart's Ligament. The anterior inferior Spinous Procefs, a little below the former, for the attachment of the Reaus Femoris Mufcle. • The two pofterior Spinous Proeeffes at the back-part of the* Spine, lefs considerable than the two anterior ; partly for the oriY" gin of Mufcles, but chiefly for the attachment of Ligament] which belong to the Joint between this Bone and the Os Sacruf <$The Niche of the Os Ilium under the pofteriug inferior Spinott. Procefs, for the paffage of the Pyriform Mufcle, the Sciatitf Nerve, and Blood-veffels. 4 The Venter, or inner concave Surface of the Bone, for the at- tachment of the internal Iliac Mufcle, and the Support of a por- tion of the Inteftinum Ilium and Colon. A Paffage in the Venter for the Medullary Veffels of the Bone. A Depreffion at the infide of the anterior inferior Spinous Pro- cefs, wheie the Flexor Mufcles of the Thigh, and the anterior Crural Veffels and Nerves pafs. The Linca Innominata at the under part of the Venter of th Bone, forming the lateral part of the Brim of the Pelvis, and1 Ihe line of divifion between the Pelvis and Abdomen. ' ' The inner and back-part of the Bone is very irregular, for the origin of fome of the large Mufcles of the Back, for the *t- tachment of Ligaments which go to the Os Sacrum, and for thi firm conneaion which fubfifts between this Bone and the Os Sa- crum. The under, fore, and outer part of the Bone, forming the up- per and back-part of the Acetabulum. The Os Ischium, or Hip-Bone. The Situation cf the Os Ifchium in the lowed part of the P?l- \ vis ; its figure irregular, its Size next to that of the Os Ilium. 1 29 The upper thick part of the Bone, forming the under part of the Acetabulum. The Spinous Procefs Sent back from the upper part of the Bone, for the attachment of Mufcles and the fuperior Sacro-Sciatic Li- gament. The Cervix placed under the Spinous Procefs, and covered with Cartilage where the tendon of the Obturator Internus Muf- cle plays. The Tuberofity, or Tuber Ifchii, forming the part on which the Body refts in fitting, and giving attachment to the inferior Sacro-Sciatic Ligament, and the greater part of the Flexor Muf- cles of the Leg. The Crus which goes obliquely upwards and forwards, and gives attachment to the Crus Penis and its Ereaor, and to part of the Adduaor Mufcles of the Thigh. The Os Pubis, or Share-Bone. The Situation of this Bone at the. upper and fore-part of the Pelvis. Its fize, the leaft of the three parts of the Os Innominatum. The thick and firoxgeft part of the Bone, forming the upper ard fore-part of the Acetabulum.. The fmaller and hollow part of the Bone rendered fmooth by the paSTige of the Flexor Mufcles of the Thigh, with the ante- rior Crural Veffels and Nerves. The rough Creft, or Angle of the upper and fore-part of the Os Pubis, where tbe Reaus and PyramidalU Mufcles, and the inner end ot Poupart's Ligament, are attached. A Ridge extended from the Creft along the upper inner edge of the Bone, to form, with a Similar Ridge of the Os Ilium, the Brim of the Pelvis. Another BtAge below the former, extended downwards and outwards towards the Acetabulum. «A Cavity below thefe R:dges, for the origin ot the Peaineus Mufcle. A Nitcb at the upper and inner part of the great Foramen, formed into a Hole in the Subjea, for the paflage of the Obtu- rator Veffels and Nerves. The inner end of the Bone, rough and unequal, but covered with a Ligamentous Cartilage, which, in frefh Bones, joirs the two Offa Pubis fo firmly togetiier, as to prevent them from mo- ving upon each other. The Crus of the Bone which goes downward* to join the Crus ot the Os ISehium, and Form, along with that Crus, the Arch ot the Pubis. The■ Foramen Tforsidium, or Shield-like HoJe, formed br the Os Pubis and Os Ischium, and in the Subjea, filled by a Mem- Vol. I. r , 30 branous Ligament, excepting at the Nitch above inentioned, which gives origin to a large Share of the Obturator Muicfo. The Acetabulum, or Canity, (compared to a Vmegar-meafure ufed by the Ancients) placed.farther out than the ForamenTliy. roideum, and formed by the three pieces which compofe the Os Innominatum, in fuch a manner, that the Os Ilium forms near two-fifths, the Os Ifchium more than two-fifths, and the Os Pu- bis one-fifth. The Brim of the Acetabulum is very deep, efpecially behind, and made Still deeper in the Subjea, by being tipped with a Car- tilaginous Ligament. Round the Bafe of the Brim, the Bone rough, where the Cap. fular Ligament of the Joint is fixed. A Breach in the inner and fore part of the Acetabulum, which, in the Subjea, has a Strong Ligament Stretched, from one end to the other, but leaving a Hole behind for containing part of the Subftance called Gland of the Joint. The Cavity of the Acetabulum lined with Cartilage, excepy ing at its under, inner, and fore-part, where there is a roup Surface for containing the Fatty Subftance within the Joint. . The Brim of the Pelvis, or its Upper Opening. The Inferior Opening i» laige in the Skeleton, but, in the Sub- jea, filled up, in a great meafure, by Ligaments and Mufclei which Support and protea the contained parts, and leave only the paffages from the Bladder of Urine and Reaum in the Male, and, together with thefe, the paffage from the Uterus in the Fe- male. < The Offa Innominata, joined behind to the Os Sacrum byi' thin Cartilage and by fi rang Ligaments, fo as to have no motion j the Joint obtaining the name of Pofterior Symphyfis. Before, thefe Bones conneaed to each other by a Ligamentous Cartilage and Ligaments, which alfo prevent motion here,'lad has the name of Symphyfis, or Anterior Symphyfis of the Pubis, i In the Foetus, the Spine of the Os Ilium, and that part of, the Bone which belongs to the Acetabulum, are Cartilaginous. —The Spinous ProceS's, the Tuberofity, and Cius of the Ol Ifchium ;—the Crus of the Os Pubis, and that portion of it* which forms the Acetabulum, aie alfo, at this period, in a Car- tilaginous ftate. THE THORAX, OR CHEST. THE Thorax, formed of the Sternum before, of the Ribs on each fide, and of the Dorfal Vertebrae behind. Jl The general Figure of the Thorax approaching that of a Cone, but left open above for the paffages to the Lungs and Stomach* and for the great Blood-veffels.. The Lower Part of the Thorax fianting, the fore-part being considerably Shorter than it is behind. The Under Margin on each fide, forming a curved Line, the convex fide of which is turned downwards. The under end of the Thorax, in the Subjea filled by the Diaphragm, which forms a Partition between it and the Abdo- men. The Ribs, or Cost.*, Confidered as Guards to the Heart and Lungs. The whole of the Ribs fianting downwards witbrefpea ta the Spine. Their Number, commonly twelve on each Side, though fomer times thirteen, and at other times-only eleven,have been found. —In fuch cafes the Vertebras are one more or lefs than the conv mon number. The Ribs convex externally, by which their Strength is in* creafed. The Ribs concave and fmooth internally, with .their flat Sides turned towards the Lungs to protea them. The Head of each Rib formed into a RJdge, and tivo hollow Surfaces covered with Cartilage, to be articulated with the bo- dies of two Vertebrae and their intermediate Cartilage. Round the Head, the Bone is fpongy, for the attachment of the Capfular Ligament of the Joint. The Tubercle of the Rib, at a little distance from its Head, with a flat Surface and irregular Edge, to be articulated to the tranfverfe Procefs of the undermoft of the two Vertebrae, to which the Head of the Rib is joined. The Cervix of the Rib, between its Head and Tubercle, of a rounder form than the Bone, is farther out. Another fmall Tubercle feen in moft of the Ribs, at the outer fide cf the former one, for the attachment of Ligaments which fix the R.bs to each other and to the tranfverfe Proeeffes, and for the infertion of the outer Slips of the Longiffimus Dorli Mufcle. Beyond the Tubercles, the Rib rendered^/ by the Sacio- Lumbalis Mufcle. The Angle of the Ribs to which-the Sacro-Lumbalis Mufcle is fixed, where the Bones are about to bend, to form the lateral part of the Thorax. The Rib flat where it forms the lateral part of the Thorax, and the flat Surface oppofed to the Lungs. The Upper Edge of the Rib, round where the intercoftal Muf- cles are fixed, 32 The Under Edge,Jharp where die external intercoftal Mufcle* are fixed. A Foffa at the infide of the under Edge* for lodging the inter. coftal Veffels and Nerve. The Foffa a wanting towards the extremities of the Ribs ; foe behind, the Veflels have not reached them ; and before, they are too fmall to imprefs them. An Oval Pk in the anterior extremity of the Rib, for recei- ving the Cartilage which runs from it to the Sternum. The Cartilage of the Ribs, placed between the Rib and Ster- num. The Cartilages, like the Ribs, flat on their outer and inner Surfaces, and fmooth where they are oppofed to the Lungs. The Cartilage of each Rib, forming, with the Rib itfelf, a Carve wiih the concave part tipwaids. And with the Sternum, an obtufe Angle above, and an acutt one below. »- * The Ribs articulate behind to the Vertebrae, by a double arti-*^ dilation, and before to the Sternum by the Cartilages, or by the Cartilages to each other, in fuch a manner as to allow motion upwards and downwards, though only a fmall degree in any An- gle Rib, and that towards its middle j but no motion in any 0- ther direction. Peculiarities of the Ribs. The firft Rib the moft crooked:-—From this downwards they. become gradually Siraighter. The uppermoft Ribs approaching nearer to the horieontal fitu- ation. As they defcend, their ebliquity, with refpea to the Spine, increafes, and their anterior extremities become more diftant from each other. The Cartilages of the Ribs, like the Ribs themfelvet, be- coming gradually longer, but, contrary to what happens in the Ribs, they approach nearer to each other in their defcent. The length of the Rib, increafwg from the firft to the Seventh, and then decreafing to the twelfth Rib. The Diftance between the Heads of the Ribs and their An- gles, increasing to the ninth Rib, correfponding ,with the breadth of the Sacro-Lumbalis Mufcle which covers it. The Dianfion of the Ribs into True and Falfe. The True Ribs,—the feven uppermoft,—having ttveir Carti- lages joined to the Sternum, and oppofed to the Heart and Lungs, from which they are termed the True Cufiodes, or Guards of Life. The Falfe, or Baflard Rib*;—:th« five inferior, which do not reach the Sternum. 33 The Cartilages of the Falfe Ribs fborter as they defcend. The pofterior Extremity of the firft Rib, articulated only with the firft Verttbra. Aflat Surface upon the upper part of the firft Rib, where the Subclavian Vefsels pafs over it to the arm. Ttiere is no Fofsa at the edge of this Rib for the Intercoftal Veffels. The Cartilages of the two under True Ribs, and three upper Falfe Ribs, joined to each other by an union of Subftance. The Head of the eleventh Rib has no Tubercle for articula- tion behind, being only loofely joined to the tranfverfe Procefs. The twelfth Rib, much fborter than the reft ;—its Head is only joined to the twelfth Vertebra of the Back, and it has no Tubercle, nor articulation with the tranfverfe Procefs : Neither has it any Foffa at its under edge, becaufe the Veffels run below it. * The anterior Extremities of the eleventh and twelfth Ribs, not joined to each other, nor to any other Rib, but lying loofe among the Mulclesj—hence fometimes named Floating Ribs. The Sternum, or Breast-Bone. The Situation of the Sternum in the fore-part of the Thorax. Three pieces composing the Sternum, in a perfon of middle age, and thefe joined together by Cartilage. The different pieces of this Bone are frequently found offfied together in old people. The Sternum thick and broad above, and thin and narrow below. The outer Surface flat. The inner Surface is flightly hollowed, to enlarge the Cavity •f the Thorax. Pits upon the edges of the Sternum, to receive the Cartilagi- nous ends of the feven True Ribs. The Pits at a considerable distance fom each other above, but becoming gradually nearer as they defcend. The Cancella of the Sternum, covered only by a thin external plate ; but this rendered Stronger by a Tendinous Membrane which covers it in the recent ftate. The upper piece of the Sternum, of a Somewhat triangular fi- gure, compared t0 tnat °f a heart as painted on playing-cards, only appearing to be cut acrofs below. The upper and hack-part hollowed, to make way for the Tra- chea. The upper Corners thicker and Stronger than the reft of the Bone, with a Cavity in each, for receiving the ends of the Col- lar Bones. *M Under thefe jties> the Bone becoming thin***,.»«d having a Pit upon each ftde» for receiving the Cartilage of the firft Rib. Part of a Pit in the under Corner of the fittt piece, for tha Cartilage of the. fecond Rib. The fecond piece of the Sternum, of an obloug form, but a little broader below then above, and considerably longer than the former. Complete Pits upon the edge of this piece, for the Cartilages^ of the third, fourth, fifth, and SixUhRtba, and part of'the PitsM for thofe of the Second and Seventh. Lines extending between' the Pits, pointing out! the osiginaJr marks of divifion of this piece. The Connection of tbf Second piece* of the- Sternum to the firft ' by Cartilage* which, in the earlier period of lfife, allows fomt yielding, but this becomes gradually leSa a» the pcrlbn advancsm in life. The thirA piece of the Sternum, cartilaginous in a Young SubjeA, and pointed like a broad-Sword, hence termed Cartilagu Enfiformis. In the Adult, it is commonly offified in the middle, and car* tilaginous at the edges. The fixe of this piece much lefs than that of the other two. Only one half A the Pit, for* the Cartilage of the Seventh' Rib, formed in the fide of this piece. The Variations of the Cartilago-Enfiformis are considerable in different $ubjea&; for, inftead of the common form, it is fometimes narrow like the point of a fmall-fvord, or turned ob- liquely to one fide, or forwarcfs, or backwards; or forked at tha point, or perforated in the middle. Thefe Variations may happen without any inconvenience ; but where"it projeas much in any direction different from the com- mon one, it is attended with bad confequences. The Stermirrl Joined by Cartilage to the feveh upper or Trut Ribs, and by an inierarticular Cartilage tu the anterior ends of the Clavicles. In the Foetus, the Bone is eompofed of feven or eight pieces, { but the number cf thefe varies in different Subjeas. ss THE SUPERIOR EXTREMITIES. THE Superior Extremities are eompofed of the Bones of the Shoulders, Arms, and Hands. . . The Shoulder confifts of the Clavicle and Scapula. . The Clavicle, or^Uftr-Bone. The Situation of the Clavicle, between the upper-part of the ©ternuin »iul top of the-'ScapuIa, where it fifis as a beam fuppbrt- ingthe Shoulder, and bjearfflg«it off the Trunk.of the Body. • The S-.emnl, or internal Extremity, triangular and larger thah the Body, with oik of fhe'angles elongated, where it gives ^ori- gin to a Ligament ex+efided between the two Clavicles. The Suiface next the Sternum it regularly hollowed, to tor- a-efpohd with the < inter-articular Cartilage, which, with the Cap- fular Ligament of this Joint, allows a fmall degree of motion in all directions. * \.±Mk The body-of the Bone next the Sternum -bent forwards^ and that next the Shoulder turned back, in form of an Italic f, or like a key uled by the ancients j from which, or the Support it gives the Shoulder, its-name is 'derived. The upper part of the Clavicle next the Sternum, rounded, and that next the Scapula jfier, where it lies over the Joint of the Hu- merus.—Over the Bone-in general, rough marks ane obferved for the attachment.of Mulcles and Ligaments. The under Surface hollow, for lodging a portion of the Sub- clavian Mufcle. •»• The External or Scapulary Extremity tipped with Cartilage, to be articulated with tiie Acromion of the Scapula. • • ' The Scapula, or Shoulder-Blade. The Situation of the Scapula, upon the upper and back-part of the Thorax, at fome distance from the Ribs, the interval be- ing filled up by a culhion of FkSh. The fhape of the Scapula triangular, and one of the angles placed downwards. * , The Venter, or inner Surface, or that, next the Rihs, concave, and marked with 'Rhtges and' Depre^ons by the Subfcapularis Mufcle. . The Dorfum, .or outer Surface of the Scapula, rendered con- vex in fome parts, and concave in others, by the a&ion of the Mufcles which cover it. S 36 The body St^rhe Scapula is remarkably thin, and in an Old Perfon, transparent. ) The edges of the Bone are thick and ftrong, and are termed Cofta. The fuperior Cofta the fhorteft of the three, and placed near. ly oppofite to the fecgnd Rib. Afemilunar Notch near the fore-part of the fuperior Cofta, for the paffage of the fuperior Scapulary Veffels and Nerves. ,j The inferior or anterior Cofta, extending obliquely downwards^* and backwards, between the third and eighth Ribs. The pofterior Cofta, or Bafe of the Bone, placed obliquely with refpea to the Spine, the upper end being considerably near- er to it than the under. The upper part of the Bafe, above the Spine, running oblique- ly forwards to the upper angle,, and giving attachment to the Levator Scapulae Mulcle. The inferior Angle very acute, and marked by the paSfage&f the Latiflimus Dorfi, and the origin of the Teres Major. The fuperior Angle approaching a right one. The anterior Angle, forming the Cervix which fuppoits the head of the Bone. The Glenoid Cavity, placed on the fore-part of the head of the Bone, and lined with Cartilage for the articulation of the Os Humeri. The Jhape of that Cavity, refembling that of an Egg cut lon- gitudinally, with the large end undermoft, but fo Shallow as to receive only a fmall portion of the Ball of the Os Humeri, the reft of the Ball being contained in the Capfular Ligament. The Spine, running acrofs the Bone, and dividing it into a fmall upper, and large under Surface. >\i The Spine, fmall at its beginning, and becoming higher and broader in its courfe forwards. A triangular fpace, between the root of the Spine and Bafe of the Bone, where part of the Trapezius Mulcle is fixed. The Foffa Supra Spinata, or Space above the Spine, for the origin of the Supra-Spinatus Mufcle. The Foffa Infra-Spinata, for the origin of the Infra-Spinatus Mufcle. The Spine becoming broad and flat at its anterior extremity, where it is termed Acromion, or Top of the Shoulder. The under Surface of the Acromion hollow for the paffage of the Spinati Mufcles. The Situation of the Acromion over the Joint of fhe Humerus, which it affiSts in proteaing. The anterior Edge of the Acromion tipped with Cartilage fox its articulation with the outer end of the Clavicle, where very little motion is allowed. J 37 The Coracoid, or Crow's beak-like Procefs, arising from the • neck f ihe Bone, and making a curvature forwards, fo as to leave a hollow at its root for the paffage of the Subfcapularis' Mufcle. The Point of this Procefs gives origin to Mufcles, and from its fide a Strong Ligament g*es acrofs to be fixed to the Acro- mion for the protea'on of the Joint. The Scapula is articulated with the Trunk of the Body, by > means of the Clavicle, which allows it to play in all direaions. THE'Os Humeri, or Arm-Bone. The Situation of the Os Humeri at the fide of the Thorax, and u.ider the Scipula. The Ball, or Head ^.f the Os Humeri, forming a fmall Seg- ment of a large Sphere, and this covered with Cartilage, and pla- ced at the upper, pofterior, and inner part of the body of the Bone, to correfpond with the Glenoid Cavity of the Scapula. The Cervix, or Neck furrounding ihe ec4ge of the Ball, and forming, a fuperficial Foffa where the Capfular Ligament is fix- ed, which allows the Bone an extenfive motion in all direaions. Numerous Holes round the upper end of the Bone, for the in- fertion of the Fibres of the Capfular Ligament, and for the paf- fage of Blood-veffels into the Bone. A Groove, or long Foffa, in the upper and fore-part of the Bone, for lodging the Tendon of the long head of the Biceos Mufcle. v The fmaller Tubercle, placed at the upper and inner.fide of the above-mentioned Groove, for the attachment of the Subfca- pularis Mufcle. *- The larger Tubercle, oppofite to the former, and on the outer fide of the Groove, for the attachment of the Mufcles which cover the Dorfum of the Scapula. A Ridge continued dovrn from each Tubercle along the (ides of the long Foffa, for the infertion of Mufcles coming from the Trunk of the Body, or from the Scapula" A Paffage Slanting downwards in the fore and inner part of the Bone, near its middle, for the Medullary Veffels. At the under End of the Groove for lodging the long head of the B ceps Mulcle, the Bone marked by the attachment of the Deitoid and other Mufcles. The Body of the Bone round near its upper end ; but as it ^defcends, it appears twitted, then flat, and increafes in breadth at the lower extremity. i From the Mufcular Prints on the fore-part of the body of the Bone,* blunt Ridge continued to the upper part of the Troch'ea Vol. I. D as The under and back-part of the Bone, fiat and fmcctb, by the motion of the Triceps Extenfor of the Fore-Arm. A large Rid^e at the under and outer, and a fmall Ridge at the under and inner edge of the Bone, for the attachment of thong Tendinous Fafcae, which give oiigin to part of the Muf. cles of the Fore Arm. The R d es end in the two Condyles. The external Condyle placed at the under and outer part of the Bone, for the origin of the Extenior Mufcle;, of the Hand ai.d Fingers. The Internal Condyle, at the under and inner part of the Bone, more prominent than the foimer, for the origin of the ftrong ' Flexor Mufcles of the Hand and Fingers. The articulating Surface at the under end of the Bone, cover- ed with Cartilage for the articulation with the Bones of the Fore- Arm. The inner Part of the articulating Surface, confiding o£a large internal, and fmall external eminence, with a middle Ca- vity, or a Trochlea upon which the Ulna moves. The oblique Situation of the articulating Suiface, the inner end bein^ lower than the outer, by which the hand turns more readily to the upper parts of the Body. The outer Part of the Articular Surface upon wh ch the head of the Radius moves, of a round form, and confidered by fome authors as the fmoCth part of the outer Condyle. Round the edge of the Articular Cavity, the Bone maiked by the inScrtion cf the Capfular Ligament of the Joint. A Cavity at the under and fore-part of the Bone, above the Tiochlea, for receiving the Coronoid Piocels ot the Ulna in the Flexion of the Fore-Arm. A Cavity at the back-part of the Bone, above the Trochlea, the under part of it for receiving the Olecranon of the Ulna in the extension of the Fore-Arm, and the upuer part for contain- ing the Fat of the Joint. Between thefe Cavities, the Bone is pi effed fo thin as to beccme* ' transparent, especially in an Old Peilon. THE FORE ARM. It confifts of twt Bones, the Ulna and Radius. The Ulna, or Cubit. The Situation of the Ulna at the >nner part of the Fore-arm, the Arm being fuppofed to hang by the fide of the Body, with the Palm of the Hand turned foi waids. The Olecranon, Proceffus Anconeus, or top of the Cubit, pla- ced at the upper end of the Bone. 39 The upper end of this Procefs, rough where the Triceps Ex tenfor Cubiti Mufcle is fixed. The Coronoid, or fharp Procefs, at the upper and fore-part of the Bone, but considerably lower than the Olecranon, for form- ing a part of the hinge of the Joint of the Elbow. The great Sigmoid, or Semilunar Cavity, between the Olecra- non and Coronoid Procefs, lined with Cartilage, and divided in o two fianting Surfaces by a middle Ridge, the whole adapt- ed to the Trochlea of the Os Humeri, and with it forming a complete hinge, which allows an extenfive degree of flexion, and as much extension as to approach a Straight line with the Upper Ann, but little or no rotation. Acrofs the middle of the gieat Sigmoid Cavity, there is a Pit for lodging part of the Fne, along with the Ulna. The inner Side of the Head i'mooih, and alfo covered with Car- tilage, where it plays upon its own axis in the Small Semilunar Cavity, at the outer fide of the Ulna. The Cervix of the R dins, fmaller than the head, Surround- ed, m the Subtea, by a circular Ligament which keeps the Bone in its piace, and allows it to roll upon the Ulna.- -•*-»•> i-.. 40 The Tubercle of the Radius, at the under and inner part of the Cervix, for the infertion of the Biceps Flexor of the Arm. The Body of the Bone, convex on its outer and back-part, and rounded by the Mufcles which cover it. The Surfaces next the Ulna, flat, where Mufcles of the Hand ^ take their origin. The anterior and pofterior Surfaces terminating in a Jharp Ridge, to which the Interoffeous Ligament of the Fore-Arm is fixed. -trj A Paffage fianting upwards, for the Medullary Veffels, on the fore-part of the Bone, and about a hand-breadthjtbelow its up- per end. » ' A rough Surface is found at the outer and middle part of the Bone, for the infertion of the Pronator radii teres. The lower End of the Radius, becoming gradually larger, and flat on its fore-part, where it is covered by the Pronator ra- dii qurdratus Mulcle. A Ridge up< r. the under and back-part of the Radius, with a Ftffa upon each fide of it, where the Tendons of the Extenfor. Mufcles of the Fingers pafs. The outer Side of this extremity of the Bone, hollowed by the- Extenfors of the Thumb. A femilunar Cavity at the inner fide of the under end of the Radius, lined with Cartilage, for receiving the correfponding extremity of the Ulna upon which the Radius rolls, can-vine the Hand with it. The lower End ot the Bone(for"med into a Cavity of an oval form, and lined with Cartilage'for receiving the two firft Bonesj of the Carpus. | The under and outer Part of the Radius, forming a Piocefs fomewhat fimilar to the Styloid Procefs of the Ulna.—From tbit Procefs a Ligament is fent to the WriSt. THE HAND, ^ Compofed of the Bones of the Carpus, Metacarpus, ^k% and Fingers. The outer Surface of the Hand convex, which gives it a great- er degree of Strength. The inner Surface of the Hand concave, for grafping and holding Subftances. The Carpus, or Wrift, Compofed of eight Bones, which form tivo Rows. In the firft Row are, The [Osjs cap boldest Lunare,/Cu£eiforme, \Pififc 41 In the fecond Row, The Os Trapezium, Trapezoides, Magnum, Unciforme. The pofterior Surface of the Carpus is convex, and marked by the numerous Ligaments attached to it. The anterior Sur- face is hollow, and alfo marked by Ligaments. The Surfaces of the Bones of the Carpus, which are articu- lated with each other, or with the neighbouring Bones, are co- vered with Cartilage, to facilitate the motion of the Joints. The Os Scaphoides, or Boat-like Bone, placed at the outer and upper part of. the Carpus. The upper Surface convex, and articulated with the Radius. The under and outer Surface, alfo convex, to be articulated with the Os Trapezium, and Trapezoides. Between the upper and under Cartilaginous Surfaces, a rough Foffa for the infertion of the Capfular Ligament. The anterior and inner Surface, having an ov^alCavity which gives name to the Bone, where it is articulated with the Os Mag- num. A Procefs upon the outer end of the Bone, for the attachment of part of the anterior Tranfverfe Ligament cf the Wrift. The Os Lu n ARE, fituated upon the inner fide of the former Bone. The upper Surface convex, for its articulation with the Radius. The outer Edge in form of a Crefeent, from which the Bone is named, articulated with the Os Scaphoides. The under Surface hollow, for it* articulation with the Os Magnum. The inner Surface of the Bone, articulated with the Os Cu- ii eiforme. The Os Scaphoides and Os Lunare, forming an oval head, which is received into the Socket of the Radius, where exteniive motion is allowed forwards, backwards, and to either Side. The Os Cuneiforme, or wedge-like Bone, Situated on the inner fide of the former one. The anterior Edge is thin, in form of a wedge. The upper and outer Surface articulated with the Os Lunare. The under and outer Surface articulated with the Os Unci- forme. The anterior and inner Surface, forming a flight convexity for its articulation with the Os Pififorme. Between the upper part of this Bone and the Ulna, the move- able Cartilage formerly mentioned is interpofed. Vol. I. Da 42 The Os Pisiforme, or Pea-fhaped Bone, placed upon the anterior and innei Surface of the Os Cuneiforme, and forming a Prominence which is readily felt in the Wrift, and which g ve* attachment to Strong Tendinous and Ligamentous Subftances, particularly to part of the Ligamentum carpi annulare. The Os Trapezium, named from thefour unequal Edges J of its pofterior Surface. « The Situation of this Bone, at the root of the Metacarpal i Bone of the Thumb. ,. The upper part of the Bone forming a fmooth Pit, to be arti- culated with the Os Scaphoides. The inner fide hollow, and articulated with the Os Trape- zoides. The under Surface forming a Pulley, on which the Metacar- ' pal Bone of the- Thumb moves. The anterior Surface fending out a Procefs, which is promi- nent in the Palm, and marked by the tranfverfe Ligament of the .< Wrift, by the Flexor carpi radialis, and Flexors of the Thumb. ' ! The Os Trapezoides, fo named from its being Somewhat- like the former Bone; but it is considerably fmaller. The Situation of the Os Trapezoides, at the inner fide of the Os Trapezium. The upper Surface hollow, where it joins the Os Scaphoides. The outer Surface convex, and articulated with the Tiape- zium. The inner Surface, articulated with the O^ Magnum. The under Surface, formed into a fort of Pulley, to be arti- culated with the Metacarpal Bone of the Fore Finger. The Os Magnum, or Capitatum, or largeft Bone of the Carpus, placed at the inner Side of the former Bone, and confift- ing of four oblong fides, with a round head, and triangular un- der end. The head or. ball of the Bone, received into the hollow Sur- faces of the Os Scaphoides and Lunare ; like Ball and Socket. The under part of the outer fide joined to the Os Trapezoides. The inner fide to the Os Unciforme. The under end oppofed to the Metacarpal Bone of the Middle Finger. The Os Unciforme, or hook-like Bone, placed in the under and inner part of the Wrift. The upper and inner Surface articulated with the Os Cu- neiforme. 43 The outer ru"fcrre, articulated w'th the Os Maj-num, Th< mferi .urjaee, oppofed to the M tricarpal Bones of the Km j and L ttic Fiiuei s. The anterior Suit ce, ending out the Unciforme Procefs, which gives name to the one. The Un iforme Piocefs curved, for the paffage of the Flexor Mufcles of the Fingers. The aiticulaiion between the firft and fecond Row of Carpal Bones, allows motion to each fide, but chiefly forwards and backwards, though the motion is lefs extenfive than between the Fore-Arm and Wrift. In a frcetus, the Bones of the Carpus are in a Cartilaginous ftate. r The Metaca rpus, or Part annexed to the Carpus, Confifting of four Bones for Supporting the Fingers, and one for the Thumb. The Metacarpal Bones of the —Fingers.— Their bodies long and round. The extremities of theSe Bones, confiderably larger than their bodies. The upper ends or bafes fiat, where they are articulated with the Bones of the Carpus. The flatnefs of this end of the Metacarpal Bo»es, and their ftrong conneaing Ligaments, render the motions here inconfi- derahle. Round the Edges of the Cartilaginous Surfaces, at the up- per end, the Depreffions where the Capfular Ljf&ments are fixed. The (ides of the upper ends flat, where they are articulated with each other. A Ridge at the upper and back part of their bodies, with a depreSfion on each fide of it, formed by the Interoffei Mufcles. The under and back-part of their bodies, made flat by the motion of the Tendons of the Extenfors of the Fingers. The anter.or Surface of their bodies concave,' and rendered flat at the fides by the Interoffei Mufcles. The lower ends, or heads, formed into Balls, which are flat- tened upon tluir fides by their motions upon each other. At the fore-part of each fide of the heads, a little promi- nence, for the attachment of the Ligaments which fix thefe Bones to each other. Round the heads, a depreffion, for the infertion. of the Cap- sular Ligaments. W v pi 44 Peculiarities of the Metacarpal Bones of the Fl NGERS. The Bafe of the Metacarpal Bone of the Fore-Finger, op. ; pofed to, rind correfponding with, the Os Trapezoides, ails' partly with the Trapezium. The inner part of the Bafe, forming a Ridge, which is ani- A dilated with the Os Magnum, and with the next Metacarpal Bone. The conneaion of the Bafe is fo firm, that it has little no motion. The Metacarpal Bone of the Mid-Finger, commonly the A. condin length. The Bafe of the Bone commonly Slants inwards and down. wards, oppofed to the Os Magnum. The outer and back-part of the Bafe, projecting, and forming a fort of Procefs, the external Surface of which is connected with the Ridge of the former Bone. The motion of this Bone is little more than that of the for. mer one. The Metacarpal Bone of the Ring-Finger, fborter than thi! former Bone. Its Bafe femi-circular where it is oppofed to the Os Unciforme. The motion is fomething greater than thntof the former Bone. The Metacarpal Bone of the Little-Finger the fmalleft of the four. -* The Bafe, which Slants downwards and outwards, oppofed to the under and inner part of the Os Unciforme. The inner part of the Bafe has no fmooth Surface, not being' contiguous to any other Bone. From the nature of the Joint, the loofenefs of the Ligament!, and from there being a proper Mufcle here, this Bone poffeSTett i larger Share of motion than any of the reft. The Metacarpal Bone of the Thumb, hav'ng the general refemblance of thofe of the Fingers ; but it differs from them in being placed oblique with refpea to the Metacarpal Bones of the Fingers, and in l'ome mealure oppofing them. It is thicker and Stronger, but Shorter than thofe of the Fingers. The Bafe of this Bone articulated with the Pulley formed by the Trapezium. It appears to admit of flexion and exteniion only, but, from the loofenefs of the Ligaments, it enjoys the fame kind of motion with Joints formed after the manner of Ball and Socket. The inferior extremity of the Bone, considerably flatter than thofe of the other Metacarpal Bones. The Fingers, compofed each of three Bones, atd the three Rows of Bones termed Phalanges. 45 The different Phalanges, tapering a little as they defcend, and their Bafes larger than their inferior extremities. The pofterior Surfaces convex, and covered chiefly by the ten- dinous expandons of the Extenfors of the Fingers. Their anterior Surfaces, flat, and in fome parts concave, for lodg'ng the Tendons of the Flexor Mufcles. Ridges at the fides of their amerior Surfaces, for the attach- ment of the retaining Ligaments of the Tendons of the Flexor Mufcles. The firft Phalanx longer than the fecond, and the fecond than the third. The Bafes of the firft Phalanx, formed into Sockets to receive the Balls of the Metacarpal Bones, and to allow motion to all fides. The lower ends of this Phalanx, confiftingof lateral Promi- nences, and middle Cavities or Pulleys, the Cartilaginous Sur- faces of which reach considerably farther up in the fore than in the back-part. The Bafes of the fecond Phalanx, with lateral Cavities, and middle Ridges, correfponding with the Pulley of the firft Phalanx, and admitting of flexion and extenfion only. The lower ends of this Phalanx fimilar to that of the firft. The Bafe of the third Phalanx, like that of the fecond, and the motions alfo fimilar. The under ends of the third Phalanx, rough where the Pulpy, Vafcular, and Nervous Subftance of the points of the Fingers are Situated. The Peculiarities of the Bones of the Fingers confift only in their fize. The Bones of the Mid-Finger the largeft and Iongeft. Thofe of the Ring-Finger the next in length. The Bones of the Fore-Finger, next to the Ring-Finger in length, and to the Mid-Finger in thicknefs. Thofe of the Fourth-Finger the fmalleft. The Thumb, confifting only of two Bones. The firft Bone, like thofe of the firft Phalanx of the Fingers, but thicker and fborter. The Cavity at the Bafe of the Bone, longer from one fide to the other, and Shallower than thofe of the Fingers, but, like them, forming a Socket for the Metacarpal Bone. From the flatnefs of the Joint, however, and Strength of the lateral Li- gaments, the motions here are confined to flexion and extenfion. The lower end of the firft Bone of the Thumb, like that of the firft of the Fingers. The fecond Bone of the Thumb, like the third of the Fin- gers, but broader. 46 i The Bafe of this Bone, like that of the fecond and third Bones of the Fingers, and like their Joints alfo, admitting of flexion and extension only. ®o®o®o$o® THE INFERIOR EXTREMITIES. The Inferior Extremities are compofed of the Thighs, Legs, and Feet. The Thigh confifts of a Single Bone, viz. The Os FemORIs, or Thigb-Bone. The Os Femoris is the longefl of the Body, and thickeft and ftrongeft of the Cylindrical Bones. The Situation of the Bone, at the under and outer part of the Pelvis. The oblique Situation of the body of the Bone, the under end being confiderably nearer its fellow on the other fide, than the upper one is, which is favourable for the paffages at the bottom of the Pelvic, for the origin of Mufcles, and for walking. The Ball, or Head of the Thigh Bone, fmooth, coveied with Cartilage, and foimng almoft two thirds of a Sphere, which is received into the deep Socket formed by the Acetabulum of the Qs Innominatum. A rough Pit at the under and inner part of the Ball, for the attachmei.t of the Ligamentum Rotundum, which is fixed by its other end to the bo.torn of the Acetabulum. The Cervix, or Neck, much longer than that of any other Bone, paffin obliquely downwards and outwards from the Ball, to allow the free mot on of the body of the Bone, in different direaions. It is restrained, however, in its motion outwards, by the Ligamentum Rotundum, and by the high Brim of the Acetabulum. Numerous Holes in the Cerv:x, for the infertion of the Fibres of the Ligament refleaed from the Capfular one. The Trochanter major, placed at t!ie outer part of the Neck, and up-er end of the body of the Bone, for the infertion of the Ex'erifor, Al^duaor, and Rotator Mufcles of the Thigh. Tivo rough Surfaces u>on the upper and fore-part of the large Trochanter, for the infertion of the two Small Glutei Mufcles. 47 A Cavity is placed, at the inner fide of the root of the large Trochanter, for the infertion of the Rotator Mufcles of the Thigh. The Trochanter minor, at the under and inner part of the Cer- vix, for the infert'on of the Flexor Mufcles of the Thigh. A rough Line on the fore part of the Bone, retween the two Trochanters, for the Infertion of the Capfular Ligament A rou-h Line between the Trochanters, op the back-part of the B ne, fo. the infertion of the Capl'ular Ligament, and the Quadiatus Femoris Mulcle. The Body of the Thigh-bone, bent forwards, and of a round- i/b form above, but fomewhat triangular about its middle. The fore-part of the Bone, flat wiiere it is covered by the Cruieus Mufcle. ^ The Sides of the Bone are flattened at its middle and lower part, by the t vo V. fti Mufcles. The Linea Afpera, or ragged Ridge on the back part of the Bone, extending from the Tiochaiiters, bin chiefly from the luge one, to the lower i art of ihe Bone, a .d giving attachment to numerous Mufcles which pafs from the Pelvi. to the Thigh, or from the Tn &h to t it Leg. The lower End c f the Linea Afpera, dividing into tivo Lines, whi h terminate in the Condyles.. The Canal for the MfJHilary Veffels, fianting upwards, a lit- tle below the middle of tlv pofterior pait of the Bone. The under and back-pan of the ^or\e, flat where the Popliteal Veffels and Nerves are placed. The lower End of the Bone, much larger than its boi'y, and perfora ed by many Holes, for the info tion of the Caplul.u Li- gament of the Knee, and paffage of tbjf Nutritious VefT Is of the Bone.—It is alio marked by the internon of feveral Mufcles. The Cartilaginous Trochlea at the under an 1 f^e-part of the Bone, placed obliquely, with its outer Surface higher than its inner one, to be ad.ipted to the Patella, which moves upon it. The external and internal Condyles, conrnued hick fiom the Trochlea, and covered with Cartilage for the m -tion of the Ti- bia. The internal Condyle, larger and d&eper than the external, to compensate for the obliquity of the Thigh, and give lefs obli- quity to he Leg. A Notch b-tween the back-part of the Condyles, for lodgino- the Popliteal Veffels and Nerves. A femilunar rough Notch, deeper and lower than the former one, for the attachment of the Crucial or internal Ligaments of the Knee. 48 THE LEG. Compofed of the two Bones,—the Tibia and Fibula, to which may be added the Patella. The Tibia, Situated at the inner part of the Leg. jjL The upper End of the Tibia, forming a large Head, and that m divided on its upper Surface into tivo fupe ficial Cavities, for H receiving the Cartilaginous part of the Condyles of the Thigh Bone. A rough Protuberance between the aiticulating Cavities, pit- ted on its fore and back-part, for the infertion of the anterior and pofterior Crucial Ligaments. The articulating Surfaces at the upper end of the Tibia, are rendered deeper in the Suhj.a by the addition of two femilunat Cartilage placed upon theirEdges. The Circumference of the Head of the Bone, rough and po-* rous, for the inSertion of the Capfular Ligament. 1 he articulation of the upper end of the Tibia with the Os Femoris, is of fuch a nature as to allow flexion and extenfion, but no lateral nor rotary motion in the extended ftate, though a Small degree of both when the Knee is bended. A Tubercle at the upper at\d forepart of the Bone, for the infertion of the lower Tendon or Ligament of the Patella. A Cartilaginous Swface under the outer Edge of the Head of the Bone, for the a.ticulation with the upper end of the Fibula. The Body of the Boi.e triangular, with the Sharped Angle placed anteriorly. * The anterior Angle, called Spine or Shin, a little waved, and extending from the Tubercle to the inner Ancle. The anterior and inner Surface of the Bone, fmooth, being covered wi.h Skin only. The anterior and outer Surface, hollowed above and below by the Extenfor MufJes of the 'I oes. The middle of the pofterioi Surface, hollowed by Mufcles which affifl in extending the Foot, and bending the Toes. A Ridge extending obliquely downwards from the upper and outer part of the Bone, posteriorly to its inner Angle, and gi- ving origin to part of the Mufcles which extend the Foot and bend the Toes. A flat Surface above the Ridge, pointing out the Situation of the Popliteous Mufcle. The Canal for the Medullary Veffels, Slanting downwards at the inner and back-part of the Bone, a little above its middle. I 49 The under end of the Tibia, fmaller than the upper one, and its inferior Surface covered with Cartilage, for the articulation with the Aftragalus. The Malleolus internus, or inner Angle, produced from the inner part of the under end, and covered with Cartilage where the AStragalus plays. A Pit in the point of the Malleolus Internus^ for the attach- ment of the internal lateral Ligament, and a Groove behind, where the Tendons of the Tibialis Pofticus Mufcle is placed. The*f&nilunar Cavity, at the under and outer fide of the Ti- bia, for receiving the under end of the Fibula. Round the edge of the articulating Cavity, the Bone is mark-. ed by the infertion of the Capfular Ligament. The Fibula. Placed at the outer fide of the Tibia, and by much the fmal- ler of the two Bones. • The upper end of the Fibula, formed into a large Head, with a fuperficial fmooth Cavity towards its thner fide, to be articu- lated with die Tibia, where it is tied by Ligaments of fuch Strength, as to allow very little motion. The Head of the Fibula, irregular and rough externally, for the infertion of the Biceps Flexor Cruris, and the external late- ral Ligament of the Knee. The Body of the Bone bent a little inwards and backwards, and unequally triangular, with the Surfaces between the Angles, marked by the MuScles which arife from it, or are placed upon it. A Ridge at the inner Side of the Fibula, oppofed to one at the outer part of the Tibia, for the inferlioh of the Interoffeous Li- gament. A Caned on the back-part of the Bone, Slanting obliquely downwards, for the paflage of the Medullary Veffels. The under End of the Fibula, broad and flat, "to be received by the femilunar cavity of the Tibia, where it is fixed fo firmly by ftrong Ligaments, as to have no fenfible motion. The Malleolus externus of the Bone, or outer Ankle, lower and farther back than the inner Ankle. A convex fmooth Surface on the inner fide of the Malleolus- externum oppofed to the outer fide of the Aftragalus, which moves upon it. The Coronoid Procefs, fent down from the Malleolus exter- nus, from which Ligaments go to the Bones at the outer fide of the Foot. There is a Furrow upon the back-part of the Malleolus exter- nus, for lodging the Tendons of the Peronei Mufcles. Vol. I. E 50 The Patella, Rotula, oiKneb-Pan, Placed at the fore-part of the Joint of the Knee, and com. pared by fome authors to the Olecranon of the Ulna. The fhape of the Patella, triangular and flat, or of the figure of a Heart, as painted upon playing cards. The anterior Surface of the Bone, convex, and perforated by i numerous Holes, for the infertion of Tendons and Ligaments which cover it. The pofterior Surface, which cornfponds with the Trochle|% of the Os Femoris, fmooth, covered with Cartilage, and divi- ded by a longitudinal prominent Ridge into two unequal Cavities. The circumference of the articular Surface, marked by a rough Line, into which the Capfular Lirament of the Joint is fixed. I The Bafe, or upper part of the Bone, hotizontal, and marttd by the infertion of the Tendons of the.Extenfors of the Leg. The back-part of the Apex, rough and depreffed, for the at- tachment of the Ligament, pafling fiom the Patella to the Tu- bercle of the Tibia. -J The Ligaments of the Patella allow it to be moved upwartM and downwards ; and when the Leg is extended, they admit sfl its motion to either fide, or to be rolled. When the Leg is extended, the Patella is lodged in the Troch- lea of the Os Femoris; when the Limb is bent, it is pulled dowljj by the Tibia, and lodged in a hollow at the fore-part of the Knee. - - The Patella allows the Mufcles fixed to it to aa with greats* advantage in extending the Leg. It is entirely Cartilaginous at birth. THE FOOT, Compofed of Tarfus, Metatarfus, and Toes. The Tarsus, or Inftep. Compofed of feven Bones, viz. The Aftragalus, Os Calc'u, Naviculare, Cuboides, Cuneiforme externum, Cuneiforme'medi- um, and Cuneiforme intennum. The upper part of the Tarfus is convex, the under pari M concave. ■ In the Concavity are lodged numeroas Mufcles, Veffels^ and Nerves, belonging to the Sole. The different Bones of the Tarfus have their rough Surfaces joined together by ftrong Ligaments, and their parts of articula- tion covered with Cartilage, in fuch a manner as to form a ftrong J and elastic arch,' forf upporting-the weight of the Body, and let- 1 fening the.Shock it would otherwise undergo in the different mo- tions it has to fuftain. 51 The Astragalus, or Ankle-Bone, placed under the Bones •f the Leg. The upper part of the Aftragalus, formed into a large Head. which is fmooth on its upper part and fides, to be articulated with the under end of the Leg-Bones. Each ot the Cartilaginous Surfaces of the Head of this Bone is depreffied in its middle, to correfpond with the parts of the Leg-Bones with which they are articulated. Round the edge of the articulating Surfaces, a rough Foffa for the infertion of the Capfular Ligament; and at the fides of this Surface, the Bone marked by the lateral Ligaments. The Joint between the Aftragalus and Leg-Bones, forming a complete Hinge, which, together with the above-mentioned Li- gaments, allows the Foot to bend and extend upon the Leg, but admits of no latprai or rotatory motion, except in the extended ftate, when there is a little of each. The under part of the Bone, confifting of a deep Foffa, which divides it into an anterior and pofterior articulating Surface. The Foffa in the under Surface, narrower at the inner part of the Bone, and becoming gradually wider as it goes outwards and forwards. The pofterior articulating Surface, large and concave, for its articulation with.the upper and middle part of the Os Calcis. The anterior articulating Surface, irregular and convex, where it plays upon two Smooth Cavities at the inner and fore-part of the Os Calcis, and upon a Cartilaginous Ligament extended be- tween the Os Calcis and Os Naviculare. A large oblong fmooth Head, at the fore part of the Bone, fo» its articulation with the Os Naviculare. The Os Calcis, or Heel-Bone, the largeft of the Tarfal Bones, fituated unJer the Aftragalus, and in the back-part of the Foot. r A large Knob, projeaing behind, to form the Heel. hfuperficial Gavity in the upper and back-part of this Knob. for the infertion of the Tendo-Achillis. Afmobth Convexity on the upper part of the Bone, for its ar- ticulation with the under and back-part of the Aftragalus. A Foffa at the fore-part of this articulating Surface, running forwards and outwards, and giving origin to ftrong Ligaments which are inferred in the correfponding Foffa of the Aftragalus Tivo Prominences at the inner and fore-part of the Bone, con- cave, and fmooth above, with a pit between them, for the arti- culation with the under and forepart of the Aftragalus. From the pofterior Prominence the Cartilaginous Ligament sales, which i» fixed to the Os Naviculare. 52 A large Cavity at the inner fide of the Bone, between the pof. terior of the two laft mentioned Proeeffes and projeaion of thi Heel, for lodging the Tendons of the long Flexors of the Toes, together with the Veffels and Nerves of the Sole. The external Surface of the Bone, depreffed near its fore-pajt, where the tendon of the long Peroneus Mufcle runs in its way to the Sole. The under and back-part of-the Bone, forming two Pronk nences, where it gives origin to the Aponeurosis and feveral Muff] ties of the Sole ; and before the Prominences, the Bone concavt, where it lodges part of thefe Mufcles. The anterior Surface concave, and fomewhat in form of a Pub ley placed obliquely, for its articulation with the Os Cuboides. The Os Calcis is articulated with the Aftragalus by Ligaments of fuch Strength, that this part of the Foot, upon which the Body refts, is rendered fiim and fecure, but enjoys very link motion. The Os Naviculare, or Boat-like Bone, Situated at the fori part of the Aftragalus, and inner part of the Foot. The pofterior Surface, forming a Cavity fomewhat like that of] a Boar, for receiving the head of the Aftragalus in the manir of Ball and Socket. A Prominence at the inner fide of the Bone, for the infertion | of Tendons, Mufcles, and ftrong Ligaments, particularly for the Ligament Stretched between this Bone and the Os Calcis,(or j the fupport of the Aftragalus. j The fore-part of the Bone, convex, and divided into threet _ ticular Surfaces, for the articulation with the Offa Cuneiformu. Between the Os Naviculare and Aftragalus,rthe Foot has in principal lateral and rotatory motions, though each of the •tha Joints of the Tarfus contributes a little. The Os Cuboides, or Bone of a Cubic form, placed at thai fore and outer part of the Tarfus. The pofterior Surface of this Bone, fmooth, convex at its i ner, and concave at its outer part, corresponding with thennte- rior extremity of the Os Calcis. The inner fide, articulated with the Os Naviculare and exter- nal Cuneiforme Bone. Its under Surface irregular, where it gives attachment to ftrong Ligaments, and to the Adduaor Pollicis Mufcle. A deep Foffa in the outer and under part of the Bone, for lodg- ing the Tendon of the Peroneus longus, where it croffes the Sole. The anterior extremity, divided into a fmall inner, and l"g» outer plain Surface, to be articulated wi.h the fourth and nfti Metatarfal Bones. 53 > The three Ossa Cuneiformia, or wedge-fhaped Bonez,fit\i- ated at the fore-part of the Tarfus, and inner fuJe of the Cu- boid Bone. The upper part of thefe Bones, flat, where they are covered with Ligaments. The under part, irregular, for the attachment of Mufcles and ftrong Ligaments lying in the Sole. The pofterior Surface, flat, and covered with Cartilage, to be articulated with the Os Naviculare. *« The anterior Surface, alfo flat, for the articulation with the Metatarsal Bones. * The Os Cuneiforme externum, or medium, of a middle fize between the next two Bones, and oppol'ed to the Metatarfal Bone of the Third Toe.—The outer Side of this Bone is articu- lated with the Os Cuboides. The Os Cuneiforme medium, or minimum, the leaft of the three, and articulated at its outfide with the former Bone, and anteri- orly with the fecond Metatarfal Bone. The Os Cuneiforme internum, or maximum, the largeft of the Cuneiforme Bones, and placed obliquely, with its anterior Sur- face oppofed to the Metatarfal Bone of the great Toe. The Sharp Edge of this Bone is turned upwards, while that of the other two is in the oppofite direaion. The Navicular, Cuboid,-'and Cuneiforme Bones, are almoft Car- tilaginous at birth. The Metatarsus, or Bones placed upon the Tarfus. Compofed of five Bones, which anfwer to the general charac- ters given to the Metacarpal Bones. Their bodies are long, arched upwards, and tapering towards their anterior extremities. The extremities large in proportion to their bodies, and the pofterior much larger than the anterior. The Bajes flat, or a very little hollowed, to be articulated with the fore-part of the Tarfal Bones. From the flatnefs of their Bafes, and the Strength of the Li- gaments which fix thefe Bones to thofe of the Tarfus, very lit- tle motion is allowed to this part of the Foot. '*' Round the Bafes, rough Surfaces for the attachment of Liga- ments. The Sides of the Bafes, flat, where they are articulated with each other. A Ridge above, and aflat Surface at each fide of their bodies, for the origin of the Interoffeous Mufcles. The flat Surjaces turned obliquely outwards, and the obliqui- ty increasing the more externally the Bones are placed. Vol. I. E a 54 The anterior Extremities forming Balls, to be articulated with the Toes;—the Balls much longer from above downwards, than they are from t>ne fide to the other. i Round the Heads, a diftintt impreffion, where the Capfular I Ligaments are fixed. 1 Peculiarities of the Metatarsal Bonis. M The Metatarfal Bone of the Great Toe, by much the thickefl and ftrongeft, tut fhorttft of the Metatarlus. fl The articulating Cavity of its Bale, deeper than the reft. The anterior Extremity bears a greater proportion to the Baft ■ than the reff7 having a much larger Share of ihe weight of the \ Body to fuftain here, and is formed into a middle Pi eminence, with two lateral Depreffions, v. here the Offa Sefamoidea move. The Metatarfal Bone of the fecond Toe, the longeft of the five. The Metatarfal Bone of the middle Toe, the fecond in length, with a Bafe like that of the former Bone, triangular, but a lit- tle larger, to be articulated with the Os Cuneiforme externum. The Metatarfal Bone of thi j'ourth Toe, neaily of ihe Same length as the former, but diftinguifhed from it by its Bafe being thicker below, and its Cartilaginous Surface being more of i , fquare form, correfponding with the anterior and inner part of the Os Cuboides, with which it is articulated. . The Metatarfal Bone of the little Toe, the fhorteft, with flat iMiifaces facing upwards and dowfjwards. The Bafe which refts on the Os Cuboides, projeaing outward- ly into a large Tuberosity, wh ch gives origin to Mufcles, and Srims enc of the points on which the Body refts in Trending. The Bones of the Toes, the fame in number with thofe of thej Fin ers, v z. two to the Great Toe, and three to each of the fmaller Toes, and the different Bones here, as in the Fingers, difpofcd in Ranks or Phalanges. The tivo Bones of the Great Toe, like thofe of the Thumb, but J Stronger, and placed in the fame Row with the Bones of the Toes, fl far the purpofe of wa'lkmg, and affifting in fupport.ng the Body. I The Bones of the fmaller Toes, every way lefs than thofe of thtfl Fingers. J Their under Surface, depreffed, where the Tendons of theifB Flexor Mufcles are lodged. - ■ The Bafes of the firft Phalanx, as in the Fingers, forming Soc-^ kets to receive the Balls, or heads of the Metatarfal Bones. The Joints between the firft and fecond Phalanx, and alfo be- j tween the fecond and third, as in the Fingers, forming Hinges, and the motions fimilar, but more confined. Of the fmall Toes, the firft, or that next the Great Toe, the largeft, the reft becoming fmaller the more externally they are. placed, " 55* The fecond and third Bones, efpecially of the little Toe, a.e frequently joined by an union of Subftance. OSSA SESAMOIDEA. The Offa Sefamoidea a'e the only Bones of the Skeleton ivhich remain to be defcribed. They are fmall Bones, compared in fhape to the feeds of the Sef.mum, or o.ly grain. Their fize, fituation, and number, vary in different perfons. They are fometimes found at the roots of the Fingers and fmall Toes; at the fecond Joint of the Thumb, and that of the Great Tot; between the Condyles oFthe Os Femoris and Gaftrocne- mius Mufcle ; between the Tendons of the Peroneus Longus and Os Cuboides, &c. Thofe commonly obferved are placed in pairs at the roots of the Thumb and Gieat Toe, between the Tendons of their Flex- or Mufcles and Joints. They are convex on their outer Surface, where they are inclo- fed by the Tendons and Ligaments fixed to them: And concave, and lined with Cartilage next the Joints, where they play upon the Bones with which they are .rticulated. They are confidered by Anatomifts as Serving the fame general purpofe with thej Patella. PRINCIPAL DIFFERENCES between the male and female skeleton. THE Female Skeleton is obferved, in general, to be fmaller and Slenderer throughout than that of the Male. A ripe Female Bone, of the fame fize with a Male Bone, is ufually diftijngu Shed by the Ridges, Depreflions, rough Surfa- ces, and other inequalities, being lefs conspicuous in the former. The circumference of the Female Skull is faid by a late Au- thor to be larger. The Os Frontis has been found to be more frequently divided by a continuation of the Sagittal Suture. The Frontal Sinufes are obferved to be narrower. f. All the Bones of the Face more delicate. «>■ The Bodies of the Vertebrae longer. The Intervertebral Subftances deeper or thicker. The upper part"of the Thorax in proportion wider. The under part narrower, or the whole Thorax lefs conical. The Cartilages of the True Ribs longer in proportion to the Offeous part, and broader and flatter to Support the Breafts. The Sternum more raifed, and the whole Thorax more distant from the Pelvis. 56 The length of the Sternum lefs, and terminating below in a line nearly oppofite to the plane of the fourth pair of Ribs, but in the Male Skeleton terminating oppofite to the fifth Rib. The length of the Loins greater. All the diameters of the Pelvis larger. J The Spines and Proeeffes of the Offa Innominata farther dif.,^ tant from each other. ' The Os Sacrum broader, and turned more backwards, for en. larging the Cavity of the Pelvis. J| The Os Coccygis more Slender, and turned more backwards,! and having a greater degree of motion. 1 The Offa Ilia flatter, and more refleaed outwards, by which the under part of the Abdomen is rendered more capacious. The Notches of the Offa Ilia wider, and the conjoined Surfa- ces of the Offa Innominata and Os Sacrum lefs. , The fpace between the Olfa Pubis larger ; of courfe the Liga- i mentous Cartilage of the Symphyfis broader, though Shorter. The Angle formed by the Crura of the OSTa Pubis with the Symphyfis larger, that of the Male being acute, while in the Female the Angle extends to 80 or 90 degrees. j The Tuberofities of the Ofla Ifchia flatter,, and at a greater I distance from each other. j The Brim of the Pelvis wider, and of an oval form, corref- . ponding with the head of a child, and the longeft diameter ex- ' tending between the Offa Ilia. ' In the Male the Brim of the Pelvis has more of a circular ap- pearance, and has the greateft extent between the Ofla Pubis and Sacrum. I The opening at the under part of the Pelvis in the female is ! much wider, and of an oval form, but the oval the reverfe of that at the Brim. The Foramina Ovalia wider. •-) All the openings at the under part of the Pelvis, being wider, ! leave a large paffage foi the birth of the child. "*?*' In confequence of the Pelvis being wider, the Acetabula are farther diftant from each other, which obliges women who are very broad at this part of the Body to waggle when they walk. ] The Offa Femorum are more curved, the neck of the Thigh- 1 bone forms a greater Angle with the Body, and the Internal * Condyle is larger. The feet are fmaller. The Clavicles lefs crooked. The Scapulae are fmaller, and their Angles more acute. f The Superior Extremities Shorter. The Offa Carpi narrower, and The Fingers more tapering towards their extremities. END OF THE FIRST PART. PART II. OF THE MUSCLES. OF THE MUSCLES IN GENERAL. THE MUSCLES fe.ve for the motions of the different parts of tfte Body, and derive their general*- name from their power of contracting. The following parts to be obferved of Mufcles in general. The Cellular Subftance, which furrounds the Mufcles, and allows them to move upon each other, and upon the adjacent parts. The Cellular Subftance, condenfed in certain parts of the Bo- dy, and giving an appearance of Membrane, formerly called Tunica Propria Mufculorum. The Divifion of a Mufcle, into Origin, or Head;—ar that which ariSes from the moft Stable or fixed part, and towards which the contraaion is made; Belly, or thickeft part, which Swells when the Mufcle is in aaion ; Infertion, or termination, which is im; lanted into the part t* be moved, and which is commonly fmaller than the Origin. The divifion of a Mufcle into Flefby and Tendinous parts. 53 The Flefhyfart diftinguifhed by being foft, fenfible, general- ly of a red colour,—from the great quantity of Blood in it,—and poffefling contractility. The Flefhy part having numerous Blood-Veffels, Lymphatics, and Nerves. Divifion of Mufcles into Rectilineal,—as in the Sartorius; —Simple Penniform, as in the Peroneus Longus ; — Complete Pen- niform, as in the Rectus Femoris ;—Compound Penniform, as in the fore-part of the Soleus ;—and Radiated, as in the Peitoralit Major;—Hollow, as in the Heart, Inteftines, Bladder of Urine. &c. % The particular names of Mufcles, taken from their Jhape, fize, 'fituation, direction, compofition, ufe, and attachment. Tendom, diftinguifhed from the FleShy part, by being gene- tally fmaller, firmer, fironger ;—of a white glifiening colour, ha- ving no contractility, and little or no fenfibility in the found State. Tendons having very few Blood-Veffels, and no evident Nerves. The ufe of Tendons, to connea Mufcles to Bones, and take np lefs room, &c. The Appendages of Mufcles, viz. Aponeurofes, or Fafcia, (the former name derived from the parts having been mistaken for nerves) are the Tendons ex- / panded upon a wide Surface, and Serving to give infertion to Mufcular Fibres, to keep them in their proper Situation, and brace them in their aaion. Annular Ligaments, to keep Tendons from Starting. Trochlea, or Pulleys, to alter the direaion of Tendons. Burfa Mucofa, placed where Tendons play over hard Sub- ftances, and Serving to contain Synovia, and prevent Abrafion. ---—^o«"---- MUSCLES of the INTEGUMENTS of the CRANIUM, and of the EYE-LIDS. Occipito-Frontalis, Or, Occipitalis and Frontalis, or Epicranius, &e.. Origin: FleShy from near the middle of the upper arched Ridge of the Occipital Bone, Tendinous from the extremity of that Ridge, where it joins the Temporal Bone; it arifes after the fame manner on the other fide. From the Flefhy origins, and alfo from between them, a Tendinous expanfion' is conti- nued along the upper part of the Cranium, adhering firmly to the Skin, and but loofely to the Pericranium.—At the upper 59 part of the Fore-head it becomes Flefhy, and,'defending with Straight Fibres, has its Infertion in the Skin and parts under it belonging to the Eye brows. From the under and middle part of the Mufcle, a Slip is con- tinued down upon the root of the Nofe, to be conneaed with the Compreffor Naris, and Levator Labii Superioris, et Alae Nafi. Action of the Mufcle : To move all that part oS the Skin which covers it, and particularly the Skin of the Brow and Eye brows. The Slip upon the Nofe may either affift the Nafal Mufcles conneaed with it, or antagonize the Occipito-Frontalis. Corrugator Supercilii. Origin : From the internal angular Procefs of the Os Fron- tis, above the joining of that Bone with the Os Nafi. From that it runs upwards and outwards, in the direaion of the Superciliary Ridge, and behind the inferior part of the Frontal Mufcle. Infertion: Into the inner part of the Occipito-Frontalis and j OrbicularisPalpebrarum, where thefe twoMufcles join eaeh other. Action: To aflift its fellow in drawing the Eye-brows down- wards and inwards, and corrugating or wrinkling the Skin be- tween them into longitudinal folds. Orbicularis Oculi, or Palpebrarum. Origin: From the Orbitar Procefs of the fuperior Maxillary Bone; from the internal Angular Procefs of the Frontal Bone ; and, by a fmall round Tendon, from the Nafal Procefs of the fuperior Maxillary Bone. From thefe origins the Mufcle paffes outwards, under the Skin of the Eye-lids, furrounding the Orbit in a circular di- rection, extending Somewhat beyond it, and covering the upper part of the Cheek. The outer Surface of the Mufcle adheres to the SJcin of the Eye-lids ; its upper and inner Edge is intimately conneaed with the Frontal and Corrugator Mufcles. Action : To clofe the Eye by bringing the Eye-lids together, to prefs the Ball of the Eye inwards, and aa upon the Lacry- mal Organs, fo as to affift them in the produaion and direaion of the Tears. Mufculus Ciliaris of fome authors,—-named from its fituation near the Cilia, or Eye-lalhes,—is that part of the Orbicularis Oculi which cover* the Cartilages of the Eye-lids, and is re- markably thin. 60 A Flefhy Slip frequently paffes down from the under and outer part of the Orbicularis, to join the Levator Labii Inferi- oris et Alae Nafi. When prefent it may draw the parts to which it is attached a little towards each other. Levator Palpebr^ Superiokis. Origin: From the margin of the Foramen Opticum of the Sphenoid Bone. It runs forwards within the Orbit, over the Levator Oculi, where it becornes gradually broader, its anterior extremity paf- fing under the Orbicularis Palpebrarum. Infertion: By a broad thin Tendon, into nearly the whole length of the Cartilage of the upper Eye-lid. Action i To open the Eye by raifing the upper Eye-lid. MUSCLES common to the HEAD and EXTERNAL EAR. J Attollens Aurem, or Superior Auris. Origin: By a broad Tendinous expanfion, from the Tendon of the Occiptto Frontalis. It goes down over the Aponeurofn of the Temporal Mufcle. In its paffage, it forms a thin Flefhy Slip, which becomes ' gradually narrower, and has its Infertion in the upper part of the root of the Cartilage of the Ear. Action: To give tenfion to the part into which it is inferted, i and, in fome perfons, to raife the Ear. Anterior Auris. £ ft Origin: Thin and Membranous, near the pofterior part of the Zygoma. The middle part is mixed with Flefhy Fibres. Infertion .- By a narrow Tendon into the back-part of the be- ginning of the Helix. ' Atlion: To Stretch that part of the Ear to which it is fixed. Retrahentes Auris, or Pofterior Auris. Origin: By two, and fometimes by three diftina Mufcles, from the upper and outer part of the Maftoid Procefs : Pafling forwards, they have their Infertion, by fmall Tendons in the back-part of the Concha. Atlion : To Stretch the Concha, and, in fome perfons, to draw the Ear back. 6-1 MUSCLES of the NOSE and MOUTH. Compressor Naris. Origin: By a narrow beginning from the Ala Nafi, where it is connected with the Levator Labii fuperioris et Alas Nafi; it fpreads into a number of thin fcattered Fibres, which crofs the Wing, and run towards the Dorfum of the Nofe, where it joins its fellow. Infertion : Into the anterior extrenr'ty of the Nafal Bones, and i to the Slip which del'cends from the Frontal Mufcle. Atlion •. To prefs the Ala towards the Septum, as in fmelling; or if the Fibres'of the Frontal Mulcle which are conneaed to it aa, they pull the Ala outwards. It alfo corrugates the Skin of the Nofe, and aSfifts in exprefling certain paflions. Levator Ladi,w§uperioris et Al.« Nasi. Origin: By two thin FleShy Slips ; the firft from the external part of the Orbitar Procefs, and the fecond from the upper part of the Nafal Procrfrof-the Superior Maxillary Bone. Infertion of the firft part of the Mufcle into the Upper Lip, , and of the Second into the Upper Lip and Wing of the Nofe. ^ Action -. To raife the Upper Lip, in opening the Mouth, and to dilate the Noftril. ♦ Depressor Labii Superioris et Al;e Nasi. Origin: Thin and Flefhy, from the Alveoli of the Dentes Incifivi and Caninus of the Upper Jaw, and running upwards, at the fide of the furrow of the Lip, it has its Infertion in the Upper Lip, and root of the Ala Nafi. ActioA: To draw the Upper Lip and Ala Nali downwards. Levator Anguli Oris, Or Levator Labiorum Communis, or Caninus. Origin: Thin and FJefhy, from the fuperior Maxillary Bone, immediately under the Foramen Infra-Orbitarium, and running- down deeper and farther out than the Levator Labii Superioris • it has its Infertion into the angle of the Mouth, where it joins with its antagonist. Action: To raife the corner of the Mouth,—as in exprefling the chearful paflions. Depressor Labii Inferioris, or S^uadratus Gena. Origin: Broad and Flefhy, from the under part of the Lower Jaw, at the fide of the Chin :—from thence it runs obliquely upwards and inwards, tin it becomes contiguous to its fellow in the middle of the Lip. Infertion : Into one half of the edge of the Under Lip, Vol. I. F 62 Act-on: To affift in opening the Mouth, by deprefling the Under Lip, and pulling it a little outwards. Levator Labii Inferioris, or Levator Menti. , Origin: From the roots of the Alveoli of the Dentes Incifores and Caninus of the Lower Jaw. Infertion: Into the Under Lip, and Skin of the Chin. Action: To raife the parts into which it is inferted. Depressor Anguli Oris, or Mufculus Triangularis. Origin : Broad and FleShy, from the under edc,e of the Lower Jaw, at the fide of the Chin.—It runs over the origin of the De- preffor Labii Inferioris; and becoming gradually narrower, has its Infertion into the angle of the Mouth, and intermixes with the Levator Anguli Oris. %## Action: To deprefs the corner of the Mouth,—as in exprefling the angry paflions. Zygomaticus Major. Origin: Flefhy, from the Os Malae, near the Zygomatic Su, ttire; and defcending obliquely forward, it has its Infertion into the angle of the Mouth, its Fibres intermixin with thofe of the Depreflbr Anguli Oris, and Orbicularis Orisl Zygomaticus Minor. Origin : Higher on the Os Malae than the former Mufcle. It takes the fame courfe, but is much more Slender, and lies before it. Infertion: Into the Upper Lip, along with the Levator An- guli Oris. Action: To raife the corner of the Mouth, and draw it ob- liquely outwards. This Mufcle is often a wanting. By the frequent aaion of the Zygomatic Mufcles, that Fur- row is formed which extends between the outer corners of the Nofe and Mouth, and which is fo confpicuous in the Face of a perfon advanced in life. + Buccinator, Or, Trumpeter, or Retractor Anguli Oris. Origin : From a Ridge of the Lower Jaw, extending between the laft Dens Molaris and Coronoid Procefs of the Lower Jaw; —alfo from the Upper Jaw, between the laft Dens Molaris and Pterygoid Procefs of the Sphenoid Bone. From thence going forwards with Straight Fibres, and adherjuag clofely to the Mem- brane which lines the Mouth, it has its* Infertion into the corner of the Mouth, w;th the Orbicularis Oris. C3 Action: To draw the angle of the Mouth ba/kwards and outwards, and to contraa its Cavity by prefling the Cheek in- wards, by which the Food is thruft between the Teeth in the time of manducation.—It islikewife aaive in blowing wind-in- ftruments—as a Trumpet—from which it has obtained its name. Orbicularis On is, or Sphincter Labiorum, Is a complete Sphinaer Surrounding the Mouth, and compo- sing the principal part of the Lips, and in a great meafure form- ed by the Mufcles which terminate in it.—At the corners of the Mouth, the Fibres decuffate each other, fo as to make it refemble two fem'circular Mufcles, from which it has been named by fome, Setni-Orbicularis Superior, and Semi-Orbicularis Inferior. Action : To Shut the Mouth, and to counteraa the different Mufcles inferted into it. Nafalis Labii Superioris of Albinus, may be confidered as part of the former Mufcle, running up to be conneaed to the Septum Nafi, and ferving as a Levator of the Upper Lip, or a Depreffor of the under part of the Nofe. MUSCLES of the LOWER JAW. Aponeurosis Temporalis. Previous to the defcription of the Temporal Mufcle, it is ne- ceffary to take notice of a ftrong Tendinous Membrane, which ai-iies from the Bones which give origin to the upper Semicircular part of the Mufcle, and defcending over it, is fixed to the Zy- goma.—It gives origin to part of the Temporal Mufcle, and braces it in its aaion. Temporalis. Origin: In a Semicircular manner, FleShy, from the lower half of the Parietal and Temporal Foffa of the Frontal Bones ; from the Squamous part of the Temporal, and Temporal Plate of the Sphenoid Bones.—Irtrifes likewife from the Aponeurofis which covers it: Fiom thefe different origins the Fibres defcend like Radii, and the Mufcle changes into a ftrong Tendon, which pafles under the Jugum, to have its Infertion into the whole of the Coronoid Procefs of the Lower Jaw, which it inciofes as in a Sheath. Alion: To pull the lower Jaw upwards and backwards againft the Upper Jaw,—and thereby it becomes ufeful in biting, chew- ing, &c. Masseter. Origin: By ftrong Tendinous and Flefhy Fibres from the fu- perior Maxillary Bone, where it joins tiie Os Malse, and from 64 the whole length of the under and inner edge of the Zygoma,— the outer part of the Mufcle Slanting backwards, the inner part f01 wards, and in fome meafure decuffating the other. In its 1 difcent, it covers and conceals the Coronoid Procefs and under end of the Temporal Mufcle, and has its Infertion into the angle of the Lower Jaw, and from that up. j wards, to the outfide of the Coronoid Procefs. J Action: To raiie the Lower Jaw. J Pterycoideus Internus, or Major. 1 Origin: From the Foffa Pterygoidea of the Sphenoid and Pa- 1 late Bones : It paffes downwards and outwards, and has its Infertion into the Cervix and Capfular Ligament of the Lower Jaw, and it is-continued as far as the Groove for the inferior Maxillary Nerve. Action: To uiib the Jaw, and draw it obliquely towards the eppolite fide. PrtRYGOiDEus Externus, or Minor. Origin: From the outer fide of the Pterygoid Procefs of the Sphenoid Bone ; from the Tuberofity of the fuperior Maxillary Bone, and from the root of the Temporal Procefs of the Sphe- noid Bone. From thefe origins it paffes, almoft horizontally,''] outwards and a little backwards. Infertion.- Into the Cervix and Capfular Ligament of the Low- ' cr Jaw. Action : To pull the Lower Jaw to the oppofite fide, and, if both Mufcles aa, to bring it forwards, To as to make the Fore- , Teeth projea beyond thofe of the Upper Jaw. The Mufcle, in its different motions, acts alfo upon the Interarticular Cartilage. \ mam o — MUSCLES on the FORE and LATERAL PART of the NECK. Platysma Myoides. Origin: By a number of feparate Flefhy Slips, from the Cel- lular Subftance, which covers the upper parts of the Pectoral and Deltoid Mufcles.—In their afcent, they unite to form a thin Mufcular expanfion, fimilar to the Cutaneous Mufcle of Qua- drupeds, which runs obliquely upwards along the fide of the Neck, adhering to the Skin. Infertion : Into the fide of the Lower Jaw,—the Depreffor Anguli Oris,—and into the Skin which covers the under part of the Maflcter Mufcle and Parotid Gland. f 65 Action : To aflift in deprefling the Skin of the Cheek, the cor- ner of the Mouth, and the Lower Jaw, and, when the Jaws are Shut, to raiS'e all that part of the Skin conneaed with it under the Lower Jaw. Sterno-Cleido-Mastoideus, or Sterno-Maftoideus. ■ Origin: From the top of the Sternum, and from the anterior end of the Clavicle, by two diftindl heads. A little above the Clavicle, thefe unite to form a ftrong Mufcle, which runs ob- ■ liquely upwards and outwards, the greater part of it being co- vered by the Cutaneous Mufcle. Infertion: By a thick ftrong Tendon, into the Maftoid Pro- cefs, which it Surrounds ; and becoming thinner, the infertion extends as far as the Lambdoid Suture. _. Action : To turn the head to one fide, and affift in rolling it. When both Mufcles aa, they bow the Head. MUSCLES fituated between the OS HYOIDES and TRUNK. Sterno-Hyoideus. Origin: From the upper and inner part of the Sternum, and from the adjacent parts of the Clavicle and Cartilage of the firft Rib ; it afcerrds upon the Fore-part of the Trachea and foliow- jfW Mufcle, to have its * infertion into the Bafe of the Os Hyoides. Atlion : To deprefs the Os Hyoides. Sterno-Thyroideus. Origin: From the upper and inner part of the Sternum, and partly from the Cartilage of the firft Rib;—it runs along the fore- part and fide of the Trachea and Thyioid Gland, and has its Infertion into the under and lateral part of the Thyroid Car- tilage. Anion: To draw the Larynx downwards. Thyro-Hyoideus, or Hyo-Thyroichtus. Origin: Where the former Mufcle terminates, Sfiafcing the ap- pearance of being continued from it. Infertion .- Into part of the Bale, and almoft all the Cornu of the Os Hyoides. Action: To deprefs the Os Hyoides, or to raife the Thyioid Cartilage. J Omo-Hyoideus. Origin : From the fuperor Cofta of the Scapula, near the Se- milunar Notch; it goes obliquely upwards and forwards, and is Vol. I. Fa 66 of a very (lender form. Under the Semo-Maftoideus, it becomes Tendinous, and again growing FleShy, has its Infertion into the Bafe of the Os Hyoides, at the fide of the Sterno-Hyoideus. A3ic/t: To deprefs the Os Hyoides, and pull it to one fide; or when both aa, to draw it direaiy down. MUSCLES fituated between the LOWER JAW and OS HYOIDES. D i G a s t f i c u s, or Biventer Maxilla Inferioris. Origin: By its pofterior Be'Iy, from the Groove at the root of the Maftoid Procefs of the Temporal Bone, it runs downwards and forwards, and forms a ftrong round Tendon, which paffes through the Stylo-Hyoideus Mulcle ; it is then fixed by a Liga- inent to the Os Hyoides, and, having received an addition of Tendinous and Mufcular Fibres, runs obliquely upwards and forwards, forming another FleShy Belly, which has its Infertion into a rough Sinuoiity at ihe under part of the Sym- phyhs of the Lower Jaw. A8icn : To open the Mouth by pulling the Lower Jaw down- wards and backwards ; and, when the jaws are fliut, to raife the Os Hyoides, and of confequence^the Throat,—as in fwaU lowing. 1 MYLO-HYOIDEU3. Origin : Flefhy, broad, and thn, from the infide of the Low. er Jaw, between the laft Deus Molaris and the middle of the Chin, where it joins its fellow. It runs down behind the Digaftricus, and has its Infertion into the Body of the Os Hyoides, and joined to its fellow by the intervention of a white Tendinous line. Anion: To pull the Os Hyoides-forwards, upwards, and to a fide. ^I Genio-Hyoideus. Origin: From a Tubercle on the uncL-r and inner part of the Symphyfis of the Lower Jaw, by a flender beginning, which by degrees becomes broader, and running down, has its Infertion into the body of the Os i.yoides, under the former Mulcle. Action: To draw the Os Hyoides towards the Chin, when the Jaws are fhut; or the Ch n towards the Os Hjoides, when thefl latter is fixed by the Mufcles coming from the Sternum. 1 67 Genio-Hyo-Glossus. Origin : From the fame Tubercle with the former Mufcle; Its Fibres, Spread out like a Fan, and have their Infertion into the whole length of the Tongue, and Bafe of the Os Hyoides. Action: According to the direaion of its Fibres,—to draw the Tongue forwards, backwards, and downwards, and to make the Os Hyoides advance towards the Chin. Hyo Glossus. Origin: From the whole length of one half of the Os Hyoi- des : It runs upwards, and has its Infertion into the fide of the Tongue, near the Stylo Gloffus. Action: To deprefs the edges of the Tongue, and thereby to render its upper Surface convex. Linguams. Origin : From the root of the Tongue laterally ; it advances between the Genio-Hyo-GloSfus and Hyo-Gloffus, and has its Infertion into the Tip of the Tongue. Action: To raife the point of the Tongue ; to contraa its fubftance, and bring it backwards. Crico-Thyroideus. Origin: From the fide and fore-part of the Cricoid Cartilage ; it runs obliquely upwards, and has its Infertion by two portions; the one into the under part of the Thyroid Cartilage, the other into its inferior Cornu. Action: To deprefs and pull forwards the Thyroid Cartilage, or to raife and draw backwards the Cricoid Cartilage. Stylo-GlOssus. Origin: From the Styloid Procefs of the Temporal Bone, and fiom a Ligament which conneas that Procefs to the angle of the Lower Jaw ;—goes downwards and forwards,—of a Slender form,—to have its Infertion into the root of the Toncrue, near the Hyo-Gloffus: It runs along its fide, and is infenfibly loft near its tip. Action : To draw the Tongue backwards and to one-fide. Stylo-Hyoideus. Origin: From the under half of the Styloid Procefs ; it goes downwards and forward,, and, after Splitting for the Paffage of the Digaftric Mufcle, has its Infertion into the Os Hyoides, at the junaion of the Bafe and Cornu. Action; To pull the Os Hyoides to one fide, and a little up- wards. 68 Stylo-Hyoideus Alter. When prefent, it is a more (lender Mufcle than the former, bur, like it, has the fame Origin, Infertion, and Aaion. Stylo-Pharyngeus. Origin : From the root of the Styloid Procefs; it goes down- wards and forwards, to have its Infertion into the fide of the Pharynx, along which it expands. It is alfo fixed to the back-part of the Thyroid Cartilage. Action : To dilate and raife the Pharynx, and thereby prepare it to receive the moifel from the Mouth.—It at the fame time lifts the Thyroid Cartilage. Circumflexus, or Tenfor Palati. Origin : From the Sp nous Procefs of the Sphenoid Bone, and from the offeous part of the Eustachian Tube. It runs along the Pterygoideus Intemus, paffes over the Hook- of the Inter- nal Plate of the Pterygoid Procefs, and plays on it by a round Tendon, as on a Pulley, and, fpreading out into a broad Mem- brane, has its Infertion into the Velum Palati, and feniilunar edge of the Os Palati, extending as far as the Suture which joins the two b\,nes : Generally fome of its pofterior Fibres join the Con- strictor Pharyngis Superior, and Palato-Pharyngeus. Action : To Stretch the Velum, to draw it downwards, and to a fide towards the Hook. Levator Palati, or Levatd$Palati Mollis. Origin: Fr»m the point of the Pars Petrofa of the Temporal Bone, and alfo from the Eustachian Tube ;—from thefe parts it defcends, and has its Infertion, by a broad expanfion, into the Velum Palati, ex- tending as fur as the root of the Uvula, and uniting with its fellow. Anion: To raife the Velum in the time, of Swallowing, and prefs it againft the Nofe, fo as to prevent the food or drink from palling there. Constrictor Isthmi Faucium. Origin : From the fide of the root of the Tongue : It runs in the doubling of the Skin, which forms the anterior Arch of the Palate. Infertion: Into the middle of the Velum Palati, at the root of the Uvula, where it is conneaed with its fellow. Anion : It draws the Palate and Root of the Toiieue towards each other, and thereby Shuts the opening into the Fauces. Palato-Pharyngeus. Origin: From the m ddle of the Velum Palati, at the root of the Uvula, and frvm the infertion of the Conftriaor Ifthmi Fau- 69 cium and Circumflexus Palati. The Fibres proceed within the pofterior Arch of the Palate, and run to the upper and lateral part of the Pharynx, where they fpread, and mix with thofe of the Stylo-Pharyngeus. Infertion: Into the edge of the upper and back-part of the Thyioid Cartilage, fome of its Fibres being loft between the Membrane and inferior Conftriaors of the Pharynx. Anion : It draws the Velum and Uvula downwards, the La- rynx and Pharynx being at the fame time raifed. Along with the Conftriaor Superior and Tongue, it aflifts in Shutting the paffage into the Noftrils, and, in fwallowing, it conveys the food from the Fauces into the Pharynx. Salpingo-Pharynceus of Albinus Is compofed of a fmall portion of the former Mufcle, which arifes from the Euftachian Tube, and which, whenaaing, may affeait. 6 ' Azygos Uvvlje. Origin: From the pofterior extremity of the longitudinal Pa- late Suture : It runs in the middle of" the Velum Palati, and goes'through the whole length of the Uvula, adhering in its paffage to the Circumflexi Mufcles. Infertion: Into the point of the Uvula. Anion: To Shorten the Uvula. MUSCLES Situated upon the BACK-PART of the PHARYNX. 4^ Constrictor Pharyngis Inferior. Origin: From the fides of the Thyroid and Cricoid Cartila- ges : The fuperior Fibres, running obliquely upwards, cover the under part of the following Mufcle, and terminate ip a point; the inferior Fibres run more tranfverfely, and cover the ^"beginning of the Efopha^us. Infertion: Into its fellow, by the medium of a longitudinal Tendinous line in the middle of the back-part ot the Pharynx. Anion : To comprefsthe lower part of the Pharynx. Constrictor Pharyngis Medius. Origin: From the Appendix and Cornu of the Os Hyoides» and alfo from the Ligament which conneas the Cornu to the Thyroid Cartilage. The Muieje, in its paffage, fpreads out, and terminates in a point above and below, the upper part co- viring the following Mufcle. 70 Infertion: Into the Cune'form Procefs of the Occipital Bone, before the Foramen Magnum, and to its fellow on the oppofite fide by aTendinous line, fimilar to the former Mufcle. Anion: To comprefs the middle and upper part of thePharynx, 4 Constrictor Pharyngis Superior. Origin: From the Cuneiform Procefs of the.Occipital Bone, before the Foramen Magnum ; from the Pterygoid Procefs of the Sphenoid Bone, and from both Jaws, near the laft Denies Molares : It is likewife conneaed with the Buecinator Mufcle, and with the root of the Tongue and Palate.—From thefe OrU gins, it runs almoft horizontally, and has its Infertion into its fellow, by the intervention of a Tendinous line, as in the cafe of the former Mulcle. Action : To comprefs the upper part of tJie Pharynx, anil, with the affiftance of the other Conftriaors, to thruft the Food < down to the Efophagus. ' — 0 — MUSCLES of the GLOTTIS. Crico-Arytenoideus Posticus. Origin: Broad and Flefhy, from the back-part of the Cricoid Cartilage. Infertion: By a narrow extremity into the back-part of. thi Bafe of the Arytenoid Cartilage. . Anion : To pull back the Arytenoid Cartilage, by which tlit- I Ligament of the Glottis is made tenfe, and the Glottis itfclf longer. Crico-Arytenoideus Lateralis. Origin: From the fide of the Cricoid Cartilage, where it ii covered by the Thyroid. Infertion : Into the fide cf the Bafe of the Arytenoid Cartilage. Anion: To open the Glottis, by feparating the Arytetfl^H Cartilages, and, w/th them, the Ligaments of the Glottis. ^B Thyro-Arytenoideus. Origin : From the under and back-part of the middle of the Thyroid Cartilage, from which it runs backwards and a litre upwards, upon the fide of the Glottis and Ventricle of the La- rynx. Infertion: Into the fore-part of the Arytenoid Cart'hvt. Anion: It pulls the Arytenoid Cartilage outwards and foi- wards, and fo widens the Glottis, and relaxes its Ligaments.— J It may alfo affta the Ventrcle of the Larynx. ] 71 \ Arytenoideus Obliquus, or Minor. Origin: From the root of one of the Arytenoid Cartilages; Crofling its fellow obliquely, it has its Infertion near the point of the other Arytenoid Cartilage. Anion : To draw the Arytenoid Cartilages towards each other, and affift in clofing the Aperture of the Glottis. N. B. Frequently one of the oblique Arytenoid Mufcles is aVanting, Arytenoideus Transversus, or Major. Origin: From almoft the whole length of the back-part of one of the Arytenoid Cartilages : It goes acrofs, to have its Infertion, In a fimilar manner, in the other Arytenoid Carti- lage. Anion : To clofe the Glottis, by drawing the Arytenoid Car- tilages and Ligaments of the Glottis together. Thyro-Epiglottideus. Origin: By a few fcattered Fibres, from the Thyroi d Carti lage. Infertion : Into the fide of the Epiglottis. Anion.- To affift its fellow in drawing the Epiglottis towards the Glottis. Aryteno-Epiglottideus. Origin: By a number of fmall Fibres, from the Arytenoid Cartilage : It runs along the outer Side ot the external opening of the Glottis. 6 Infertion : Into the Epiglottis, along with the former Mufcle. Action: To affift its fellow in drawing the Epiglottis immedi- ately down upon the Glottis. It is counteraaed by the elasticity of the Epiglottis. v N. B. The two laft mentioned Mufcles are obfcurely feen, ex- cepting in robuft Bodies. MUSCLES fitua'ed on the ANTERIOR and LATERAL PARTS of the ABDOMEN. Obliquus Descendens Externus, Or Obliquus Externus Abdominis. Origin.- In a ferrated manner from the lower edge of the erght inferior Ribs, near their Cartilages. The Serrae intermix with the indentations of the Serratus Major Amicus, and it is commonly conneaed with the Peaoralis Major, Intercoftales, and LatiSfimus Dorfi, the laft of which covers the edge of a po£» tTon of it, extending from the twelfth Rib to the Spine of the Os Ilium.—From thele Origins the Fibres run obliquely down- wards and forwards, and terminate in an Aponeurofis, which, near its margin, is firmly conneaed with the Aponeurofis of the following Mufcle, where it forms a curved line, called Z,wr Semilunaris. From this the Fibres are continued in the lamej reaion with the Flefhy Fibres, to the middle of the Abdomel Infertion: Into its fellow of the oppofre fide, by the meditir of the Linea Alba, which extends from the Cartilago-Enfiformis to the Pubes, is formed by the meeting of the Tendons of the oblique and tranfverfe Mufcles of the Abdomen, and is perfo- rated in the middle by the Umbilicus,—originally a paffage for the Umbilical Cord, now formed into a Cicatrix. The under part of the Tendon divides into two columns, which leave an oval fpace between them, called Ring of the Ex- ternal oblique Mufcle, for the paffage of the Spermatic Cord in the Male, in whom it is larger than in the Female, where it gives paffage to the round Ligament of the Uterus. The Mufcle is alfo inferted into the anterior half of the Spine - of the Os Ilium, from the fuperior anterior Spinous Procefs of1| which it is Stretched, Tendinous, to the Creft of the Os Pubis. This part of the Tendon, which paffes over the Flexor Mufclei and the great Blood-veffels of the Thigh, is termed Pouparfs or Fallopius''s Ligament, or The Inguinal Ligament. From the under part or this Tendon, a thin expanfion is fent downwards, and is loft in the Aponeurofis of the Thigh. Anion: To fupport and comprefs the Abdominal Vilcera, nffift the Evacuations, draw down the Ribs, and bend the Trunk for- ) wards, or obliquely to one fide. Obliquus Ascendens Internus. Or Obliquus Internus Abdominis. M Origin: From the back-part of the Os Sacrum ;—from thr Spinous Proeeffes of the three 4o we ft Lumbar Vertebrae, by a Tendon common to it and the Serratus Posticus Inferior ;—from the whole length of the Spine of the Os Ilium;—and from the infide of Poupart's Ligament, at the middle of which it fends off the Cremafter Mufcle.—From thele Origins the Fibre| are difpofed in a radiated manner ; but the greater part of them run in a Slanting direaion upwards. At the Linea Semilunaris, the Mufcle becomes Tendinous, and adheres firmly to the Tendon of the Obliquus Externus : Heie its Tendon divides into two Layeis. The anterior Layer, with the greater part of the infe- rior portion of the pofterior Layer, joins the Tendon of the ex- ternal oblique, and goes over the Reaus Mufcle, to be inferted into the whole length of the Linea Alba. The pofterior Layer joins the Tendon of thcTranfverfalis, and goes behind the Rec-i. 7 Aj tus; and this nnion is continued down,'till it reaches about half way 6etween the Umbilicus and Os Pubis. Lower than this, only a few fcattered Fibres of tlu pofterior Layer are to be found behind the Reaus, the principal part of it pafling before that Mufcle, to be inferted into the Linea Alba. Mertion of the Mufcle in genetal: Into the Cartilages of all |rhe Falfe Ribs, the Cartilago-Erdiformis, and whole length of the Linea Alba. Anion : To affift the former Mufcle. But it bends the Body i$ the lame direaion with the Obliquus Externus of the oppo- fite fide. Transversalis, or Tranjverfus Abdominis. Origin: Flffhy, from the inner Surface of ihe Cartilages of the fix or feven lower Ribs, where it intermixes with the d gita- tions of the Diaphragm, and with the Intercoftal Mufcles ; from the TranfverS'e Proeeffes of the twelfth Dorfal and Sour Superior Lumbar Vertebrae;—from the whole inner edge of the Spine of the Os Ilium ; and anterior to this, it is conneaed to the under Edge of the external oblique Mulcle. At"the Linea Alba, the Mufcle becomes Tendinous, and the Tendon is continued acrofs, adhering to the internal oblique Mufcle, in the manner already mentioned.—In the whole of its courfe, it is clofely conneaed to the Surface &f the Peritoneum. Infertion: Into the Cartilago-Enfiformis, and Linea Alba. Action : To Support, arid immediately comprefs the Abdomi- nal Bowels. Rectus Abdominis. Origin :' Tendinous from the fore and upper part of the Sym- phyfis of the Offa Pubis;—-it foon becomes Flefhy, and runs up- wards in form of a flat band, the whole length of, and paiallel to, the Linea Alba. In its courfe it is divided by three Tendinous interfeaions, at and above the Umbilicus ; and there is generally a half-inter- fcaion below it. Thefe Seldom penetrate through the whole thicknefs of its fubftance ; they adhere firmly to the anterior part of the Sheath which inclofes the Mufcle, but Slightly to the pofterior Layer. Infertion : Into the Caitilages of the three inferior True Ribs and extremity of the Sternum ; it frequently intermixes with the under edge of the large Peaoral Mufcle. Action : To comprefs the fore-part of the Abdomen, to draw down the Ribs in expiration, and to bend the Body forwards, or to raile the Pelves. By means of its Sheath and Tendinous interfeaions, it is kept in its place, and allowed to ait more e- qually. Vol. I. G Pyramidalis. Oiigin: By a broad Bafe, from the upper part of the Sym. phyfis of the Offa Pubis;—It runs upwaids within the-fame Sheath with the Reaus, and tapering to a point in its afcent, it has its Infertion between the Pubis and Umbil cus in the Linea AJUH and inner edge of the Reaus Mufcle. Anion : To alfift the under part of the Reaus in drawing down the Ribs, or in compreffing the under pait of the Abdomen. It is frequently a wanting in both fides, and then the under \ end of the Reaus is larger, as if to fupply its place. i MUSCLES of the MALE PARTS of GENERATION and ANUS. Cremaster. Origin: From the under edge of the internrl oblique Mufcle of the Abdomen : Paffing through the Ring of the external ob lique, it furrounds the Spermatic Cord as far as the Tcfticle; there the Fibres Separate and expand, and have their Infertion into the Tunica Vaginalis Teftis, and Cellular fub- ftance of the Scrotum. A Atlion: To fufpend arid elevate, and to comprefs and evacuate the Tefticle. Erector Penis, or Ifchio-Cavernofus. Origin: Tendinous, from the inner fide of the Tuberofity ofi the Os Ifchium ;—it runs upwaids, FleShy, increafing in breadih> J and embracing the4yvhole Crus of the Penis. Infertion: By a thin Tendon, into the elaftic Membrane which covers the Corpora Cavernofa Penis, as far up as the union of the Crura. Action : To comprefs the Crus Penis, and puSh the Blood from it into the foie-part of the Corpora Cavernofa, in the time of its distention. It is likewife fuppoi'ed by fome to give a proper di- rea on to the Penis. Accelerator Urin^:, or Ejaeulator Semin'u. Origin: Flefhy, from the Sphinaer Ani, and membranous part of the Urethra, and Tendinous, from the Crus and begin- ning of the Corpus Cavernofum Penis.—In its courfe, it forms a thin Flefhy Layer, the inferior Fibres of which run moretranf- verfely than the Superior, which defcend in an oblique direaion, the Mufcles on the oppofite fides completely inclofing the BuhV •f the Urethra. 75 Infertion: Into its fellow, by a Tendinous line running lon- gitudinally on the mi Idle of the Bulb. Action: To propel the Urne or Semen forwards; and by com- preSTing the Bulb, to pulh the Blood into, and thereby diftend the Corpus Cavernofum Urethrae, and Glans of the Penis. Transversus Perinei, or Tranfverfalis Urethra. • * Origin : From the infide of the tuberofity of the Os Ifch um, • clofe to the Ereaor Penis ; running acrofs, it has its Infertion into the back-part of the Accelerator Urinae, and adjoining part of the Sphinaer Ani. Action : To dilate the Bulb for the reception of the Semen or Urine; or it may .ajfo affift the Levator Ani in retraaing the Anus, after the discharge of the Fceces. T lieu is frequently another Mufcle, termed Tranfverfalis Perinei Alter, running along with the former, and having the fame Origin, Infertion, and Aaion, but going more obliquely upwards. Sphincter Ani. Origin: From the extremity of the Os Coccygis. It runs forwards within the Skin and fat which cover the verge of the Anus, and in its paffage forms abroad, flat, oval Mufcle, which furrounds the extrenrty of the Inteftinum Reaum. Infertion: By a narrow point, into-the Acceleratores Urinas and Tranfverfi Perinei. Anion: To Shut the Anus, and alfo to pull down the Bulb of the Urethra, by which it may affift in throwing out the Urine and Semen. The Spbinner Internus of fome authors, is merely the circular Mufcular Coat ot the end of the Reaum. Levator Ani. Origin: By a Semi-circular edge, from the Os Pubis, withia the Pelvis, at the upper edge of the Foramen Thyroideum ; from the Aponeurofis wh ch covers the Obturator Internus and Coc- cygeus Mufcles ; and from the Spinous Procefs of the Os Ifchi- um.—Its Fibres defcend like rays from a circumference, to meet thofe of its fellow, and with it, to form a kind of inverted funnel. Infertion: Into the Sphinaer Ani, Acceleiator Urinae, and under and fore-part of the Os Coccygis.—It furrounds the ex- tremity of the Reaum, neck of the Bladder, Proftatf Gland, and part of the Veficula? Seminales. *■ Anion : To fupport the contents of the Pelvis, to retraa the end of the Reaum, after the evacuation of the Fceces, to affift ' ^ in the evacuation of the Reaum and Bladder, of the Velicul* Seminales and Proftate Gland—It is likewife confidered by fome ft as a principal agent in the detention of the Penis, by preffing r upon'its Veins. I 7« MUSCLES of the FEMALE PARTS of GENERATION and ANUS. Erector Clitoridis. The fame as the Ereaor Penis in the Male, but fmnller. Infertion: In the fame manner, into the Crus and Body of the Clitoris. Sphincter Vacin.*. Origin i From the Sphinaer Ani, and from the pofterior fide of the Vagina, near the Peripeum.—It paffes along the outer end of the Vagina, covers the Corpus Cavernofum Vaginae, and, go- 1 ing behind the Nymphae, it has itsy *! Infertion into the union of the Crura Clitoridis. 1 Atlion : To contraa the external Orifice of the Vagina, by j coinpreffing its Corpus Cavernofum, from which laft it likewife puShes the Blood into the Nymphae and Clitoris. Transversus Perinei. , Origin ; As in the Male. Infertion : Into the upper part of the Sphinaer Ani, and into a tough white fubftance in the Perineum. Anion: Upon the Perineum and Anus, as in the Male. Sphincter Ani. Origin and courfe*, as in the Male. Infertion: Into the tough white Subftance in the Perineum. Atlion: To Shut the Anus, and, by pulling {lown the Peri- neum, to aflift in contraaing the external Orifice of the Vagina. Levator Ani. Origin : As in the Male. In its defcent, it embraces the in- ferior part of the Vagina and Reaum. Infertion'. Into the Perineum, Sphinaer Ani, extremity of the Vagina, and Reaum. Anion: Upon the Bladder and Reaum, as in the Male. It ulfo afSirXp in fupporting and contraaing the Vagina, and may, by preffing upon the Veins, contribute to the distention of the Cells of the Clitoris and Corpus Cavernofum Vaginae. MUSCLE of the OS COCCYGIS. Coccygeus. Origin : By a narrow point, from the Spinous Procefs of the"' Os Ifchium.—In its paffage, it gradual y expands, and covers the infide of the pofterior Sacro-Ifchiatic Ligament. 77 Infertion: Into the whole length of the fide of the Os Coccygis. Adion: To move the Os Coccygis forwards, by which it mull aflift the Levator Ani in fupporting or raifing the end of the Reaum. ---•^B»0«V--- MUSCLES fituated within the CAVITY of the ABDOMEN. DlAPHRAGMA. The Diaphragm forms a Flefhy and Tendinous Partition, which feparates the Cavity of the Abdomen from that of the Thorax, and is perforated by feveral Holes, for the paffage of Veffels and Nerves which go into, or out from the Abdomen. It is concave below, and convex above, the middle of it reach- ing as high within the Thorax as the fourth pair of Ribs. A- bove, it is covered by the Pleura ; and below, by the Peritone- um j and is commonly divided into two portions, called Superior and Inferior Mufcles of the Diaphragm. Superior, or Greater Muscle of the Diaphragm. Origin: By Flefhy indentations, from the Cartilago Enfifor- mis, and from the Cartilages of the Seventh, and of all the in- ferior Ribs on both fides. From thefe different origins, the Fi- bres run in a radiated manner, and have their Infertion into a Cordiform Tendon, placed in the middle of the Diaphragm, and in which the Fibres of the oppofite fides are interlaced.—Towards the right fide, the Tendon is peifora- ted by a triangular hole for the paffage of the Vena Cava Infe- rior ; and to the upper convex part of it, the Pericardium and Mediaftinum are conneaed. Inferior, or Lbsser Muscle, or Appendix of the Diaphragm. Origin: By four pair of Heads, of which one pair in the middle commonly called its Long,1-or Tendinous Crura, is the longeft. The long Crura arife from the fore-part of the fourth Lumbar Vertebra, and adhere to the bodies of all the Vertebra; _of the Loins above this, by the intervention of the common Li- gament covering thefe Bones. In their afcenr, they leave an o- val opening for the paflage of the Aorta and Thoracic Dua. The other Heads arife from the third, and alfo from the fecond Lumbar Vertebra, and are placed farther out. From the differ- ent Heads the Mufcular Fibres run upwards, and form, in the middle, two Flefhy Columns, or Crura, which decuffate, and leave an opening for the paffage of the Efophagus. Vol. I. G z / 73 ] Infertion: By ftrong Flefhy Fibres, into the pofterior edge of the Cordiform, or middle Tendon. A8ion: To enlarge the Cavity of the Thorax in infpiration, by its FleShy part contraaing, and bringing its two fides down from a convex to a plane Surface, the Abdominal Mufcles at the fame time yielding, but the Tendinous part of the Diaphragm* /| remaining nearly in the fame fituation. In expiration, the Dia- phragm is replaced, chiefly by the aaion of the Abdominal Mufcles. It is the antagonist of the Abdominal Mufcles in In- fpiration, but aas in concert with them in dejeaion and vomit- ing. Quadratus Lumborum. Origin: Broad, Tendinous, and Flefhy, from the pofterior half of the Spine of the Os Ilium, and from a Ligament extend- ed between it and the tranfverfe Procefs of the laft Lumbar Ver- tebra. Infertion: Into the tranfverfe Proeeffes of all the Lumbar Ver- ^ tebras ; into the laft Rib, near the Spine ; and, by a fmall Ten»J don, into the fide of the laft Dorfal Vertebra. ■ Anion : To move the Loins to one fide, pull down the laftl Rib, and, when both aa, to bend the Loins forwards. Psoas Parvus. Origin: Flefhy, from the laft Vertebra of the back, and one or two upper Vertebra; of the Loins. It fends off a (lender Ten- don which runs down by the inner fide of ther Pfoas Magnus, and an Aponeurosis which expands upon the neighbouring Muf. cles. Infer§ff0Ua0i0^^%\m of the Red vis,, at the joining of the Os Ilium and Fubis. Action: To affift in bending the Spine upon the Pelvis, or in raifing the Pelvis. This Mufcle is frequently a wanting Psoas Magnus. Origin : From the fide of the Bodies, and from the tranWerfifj Proeeffes of the laft Dorfal, and all the Lumbar Vertebrae, by an equal number of Flefhy Slips, which, uniting, form a thick' Strong Mufcle, bounding the upper part of the fide of the Pel-" vis, and pafling down over the Os Pubis, behind Poupart's Li- gament. Infertion: Tendinous and Flefhy, into the Trochanter Mi- nor, and part of the Body of the Os Femoris. Anion: To bend the Thigh, and turn it a little outwards, or, when the. Inferior Extremity is fi*ed, to jjffift in bending the Body. 79 Iliacus Internus. '* Origin: FleShy, from the tranfverfe Procefs of the laft Lum- bar Vertebra ; from all the inner edge of the Spine of the Os E Ilium ; from the edge of that Bone, between its anterior fupesir * or Spinous Procefs and the Acetabulum ; and from moft of th^ 1 , hollow part of the Os Ilium.—It joins the Pfoas Magnus, where ? it begins to become Tendinous on the Os Pubis. g Infertion: Along with the Pfoas Magnus. I Action: To aflift the Pfoas in bending the Thigh. '4 4 ----^0«a"»--- I MUSCLES fituated upon the ANTERIOR PART of the I THORAX. Pectoralis Major, or Pecloralis. Origin: From the Sternal half of the Clavicle; from the edge E of the Sternum, where it is conneaed wiih its fellow ; and from the Cartilages of the fifth and fixth Ribs, where it mixes with the Obl'quus Externus: The Fibres frpm thence*converge to- \ wards the Axilla, where they decuffate, and fend off a flat twill- ed Tendon, which has its Infertion into the Ridge at the outer edge of the Groove for t. lodging the Tendon of the long head of the Biceps. 'J Action : To draw the arm towards the Sternum. , rj Pectoralis Minor. ' w Or Serratus Minor Anticus. \ Origin: Tendinous and Flefhy, from the third, fourth, and i fifth Ribs, near their Caitilages ; PaSfing obliquely outwards it becomes gradually narrower. Infertion: Tendinous into the point of the Coracoid Procefs of the Scapula. Action : To bring the Scapula downw'ards and forwards, or to raife the Ribs. Subclavius. Origin: Tendinous, from the Cartilage of the firft Rib. It }, foon becomes FleShy, and runs outwards, under the Clavicle, in- Creafing in breach. Infertion : Into the under Surface of the Clavicle, from near t its head, as far outwards as the Coracoid Piocefs of the Scapula, Aclton.- To pull the Clavicle, «md with it the Scapula, down- wards and forwards. Serratus Magnus, Or Serratus Major Anticus. Origin: From the nine fupeiior Ribs, by an equal number of Flefhy digitations. It runs obliquely upwards and backwards upon the fide of the Thorax, and between it and the Scapula. Infertion: FleShy, into the whole length of the Bafe of the Scapula, and in a manner folded round it, between the infertion of the Rhomboid and the Origin of the Subfcapularis Mufcles. Anion : To move the Scapula forwards or downwards, accord- 1 ing to the direaion of its different digitations, and, when the Scapula is forcibly raifed, to affift in dilating the Thorax, by raifing the Ribs. MUSCLES Situated between the RIBS, and within the THORAX. Intercostales Externi. Origin t From thejinder edge of each fuperior Rib. They % run obliquely downwards and forwards, from the Spine to the joining of ihe Ribs with their Cartilages, from which, to jthe Sternum, they are difcontinued, that place being occupied by an Aponeurofis. Infertion : Into the upper edge of each inferior Rib. Portions of the External Intercoflals, which arife from the tranfverfe Proeeffes of the Vertebrae, and terminate in the Ribs immediately below, are termed, by Albinus, Levatores Cofta- rum Breviores.—Other portions, which arife in the fame man- ner, but pafs over one Rib, and terminate in the next below it, are named, by the fame Author, Levatores Coftarum Longfbry. Intercostales Interni. Origin: The fame with that of the External ; but they be- gin at the Sternum, and run downwards and backwards, decuf- fating the former Mufcles like the Strokes of the letter X, and continuing as far as the angle of the Ribs, from which to the Spine they are a wanting. 4 Infertion: In the fame manner as the External. Portions of the Internal Intercoflals, near the under part of the Thorax, which pafs over one Rib, and terminate in the next below it, are called, by Douglas, Coftarum Depreffores Proprii.\ f Anion of the Internal, as well as of the External Intercof- 1 tals :—To enlarge the Cavity of the Thorax, by elevating the " Ribs in the Time of infpiration ; and the obliquity of the one 81 fct balancing that of the other, allows them to be raiSed r.:-ie immediately trpwards. From the obliquity of their Fibres, they are found to poffefs a greater power to raife the Ribs, than Fibres going in a per- pendicular direaion. The External Intercoflals ceafe near the Sternum, and the In- . ternal near the Spine, to admit the ready motion of the Ribs ; for, had the former been continued to the Sternum, and the lat- ter to the Spine, the parts of thefe Mufcles fuppofed to be thus I fixed, would of courfe have become antagonifts to the reft. The portions called Levatores aad Depreffores Caftoruin aflirt. in raifing the Ribs, in the fame manner as the reft of the Inter- coftaies. STeR nO-CostA lIs, or Triangularis Sterni. Origin: From the edges of the Cartilago Enfiformis, and lower half of the middle Bone of the Sternum, within the Tho- rax. It runs upwards and outwards, behind the Cartilages of the Ribs. Infertion -. Generally by three angular terminations, into the Cartilages of the thud, fourth, and fifth Ribs, arid fometimes, r alfo, by a fourth termination into the Cartilage of the fecond or fixth Rib, near where they join the Offeous part of the Ribs. Atlion: To deprefs the Ribs into which they are fixed, and, of confequence, affift in contraaing the Cavity of the Thorax during Expiration. * -^oaaw MUSCLES Situated on the ANTERIOR PART of the VERTEBRvE of the NECK. , Longus Colli. Origin: From the fide of the Bodies of the three fuperior Vertebrae of the Back, and from the tranfverfe Proeeffes of the four inferior Vertebrae of the Neck. Infertion : Into the fore-part of the Bodies of all the Vertebrae of the Neck, by as many fmall Tendons, which are covered with FleSh. Anion .- It bends the^Jeck forwards and to one fide, or when both Mufcles aa, they immediately bend the Neck. Rectus Capitis anterior Major, Or ReBus Anterior Longus. Origin : From the tranfverfe Proeeffes of the third, fourthj fifth, and fixth Vertebrae of the Neck. It runs upwaids, and a little inwards, covering the outer edge of the Longus Colli. 82 Infertion: Into the Cuneiform Procefs of the Occipital B*ne, near its joining with the Os Sphenoides. Action: To bend the Head forward. Rectus Capitis Antfrior Minor. Or ReSus Anterior Minor. Or'fin : From the fore-part of the Atlas, oppofite to its fuwa-i |>eiior°Obl;que Piocefs. It runs obli a little to the outfide of the former Mufcle Infertion : In'o the Cuneiform Procefs \w immediately before the Condyles. :he Atlas, oppofite to its fu*-i liquely inwards behind, and Mufcle. » ocefs of the Occipital Bone, '■ Anion: To aSfift the Reaus Major. Rectus Capitis Lateralis. Origin: From the anterior part of the tranfverfe Piocefs of the Atlas.—It goes oblquely outwards. Infertion : Into the Occipital Bone, immediately behind the Jugular Foffa. Anion: To incline the Head a little to one Side. I MUSCLJES Situated upon the POSTERIOR PART of the TRUNK. Trapezius, or Cucullaris. Origin: From the middle of the great arched Ridge of fht Occipital Bone; from its fellow, over the Spinous Proeeffes of the Cervical Vertebrae, by the intervention of a ftrong Tendon, called Ligamentum Nucha, or Colli; from the Spinous Proceflei of the two inferior Vertebra? of the Neck; and from all thofe j of the back, adhering Tendinous to its fellow the whole length of its Origin. Infertion: Into the Scapulary half of the Clavicle, into thi Acromion, and into the Spine of the Scapula. < Anion : To move the Clavicle and Scapula, according to'the direaions of its different Fibres. The fuperior Fibres, defcend-' ing, raife the Shoulder ; ttjie middle, running tranfverfely, pull it backwards ; and the inferior Fibres, afcending, deprefs Jfc The whole aaing together, bring it immediately back.—When | the Scapula is fixed, the Mufcle mult affift in moving the Head's backwards. f * \ Latissimus DoRsr. Origin: By a broad Tendinous expanfion, from the pofteri- or part of the Spine of the Os Ilium ; from all the Spinors Proeeffes of the Vertebrae, extending between the bottom of tU Os Sacrum and fixth Vertebra of the Back; and, by thrceoc S3 . four Tendinous or Flefhy Slips, from an equal number of in- • ferior Ribs. The Tendon by degrees changes into a Mufcle of g ent breadth, the inferior Fibres of which run upwards and v'.. w. ids, aid the fuperior run tranfverfely over the inferior an- £ie cf the Scapu a, receiving a fmall Slip from it in their way to tlu Axilla, where they are colleaed, twifted, and folded, like thof '.f the t'eaoral Mufcle. Inf.riiui: By a Strong thin Tendon, into the inner edge of the Gmove tor lodging the Tendon ef the long head of the Bi- ceps Mufcle. A it ion : To pull the Arm downwards and backwards, and to :: roll the Os Humeri inwards, by which the Palm of the hand is i» made to face backwards. When the large Peaoral Mufcle uSis • at the fame time with this one, the Arm is brought immediate- u ly down towards the Trunk. *J The Latiflimus Dorfi and Peaoralis Major form the Arm- pit, in which the great Veffels and Nerves, and likewife the r Glands, lie, which belong to the Arm. Serratus Posticus Inferior. I Origin: By the fame common Tendon with the Latiflimus Dorli, from the two inferior Vertebtas of the Back, and from the three fuperior of the Loins. Infertion : By four FleShy Slips, into the fame number of i Ribs, near their Cartilages. Anion: To deprefs the Ribs into which it is inferted, and ' thereby affift in contraaing the Cavity of the Thorax in the Time of Expiration. u > Rhomboideus. Origin: Tendinous, from the Spinous Proeeffes of the four or five Superior Vertebrae of the Back ;—from the three inferior ; of the Neck, and from the Ligamentum Nuchas.—It defcends ; obliquely, and has its - : Infertion into the whole length of the Bafe of the Scapula. ^ * Action : To draw the Scapula upwards and backwards. This Mufcle is frequently divided by an indiftina line into twe unequal portions : The part arifing from the Vertebrae of the Back, and fixed to the Bafe of the Scapula, under the Spine, is commonly called Rhomboides Major, and the other part of the Mufcle, RhomboidefMinor. Splenius. " • Origin : Tendinous, from the four fuperior Spinous Proeeffes. of the Vertebrae of the Back ;—Tendinous and Flefhy, from the } five inferior of the Neck : It adheres firmly to the Ligamentum • ..Nuchas. At the third Vertebra of the Neck, it recedes from its . fellow, fo that that part of the Complexus Mufcle is feen. 8* Infertion: By as many Trdons, into the five. Superior tranf- verfe Proeeffes of the Vertebrae of the Neck ; ansLTendinom and Fltfhy, into the pofterfa- part of the Maftoid'Troccfs, and into the Os Occipitis, where it joins with that Procefs. Anion: To antagonize the Stcrno-Maftoideus, by bringing the Head, and upper Vertebrae of the Neck» obliquely backwards" and to one fide. When the Splenii aa together, they draw the Head direaiy backwards. This Mufcle is divided by Al.BlNUS into Spleniut Capitis, ot that which arifes from the Neck, and goes to the Head ; and Splenius Colli, or that which arifes from the Back, and is fixed - to the Neck. Serratus Posticus Superior. Origin: By a broad thin Tendon, from the Ligamentum Nu-. chae, over the Spinous Proeeffes of the three laft Vertebrx- of ' the Neck, and from the two uppermoit of the Back. It goes obliquely downwards. -^ Infertion : By four Flefhy Slips into the fecond, third, fourth, j and fifth Ribs, under the upper and back-part of the Scapula. Anion : To elevate the Ribs, and dilate the Thorax in in- spiration. Sacro-Lumbalis. Origin: In common with the Longrffimus Dorfi, Tendinous without, and Flefhy within, from the fide, and all the Spinous Proeeffes of the Os Sacrum ; from the pofterior part of the Spine of the Os Ilium ; from all the Spinous Proeeffes and Tranf-' verfe Proeeffes of the Vertebrae of the Loins. The common head., fills up the fpace between the Os Ilium and Os Sfccrum, and alfo the hollow of the Loins. At the under part of the Thorax*, the Mufcle begins to fend off Tendons, which lie flat upon the Ribs, "_ and become gradually longer the nearer they are to the Spine. V Infertion: Into the angles of all the Ribs, by an equal nur ber of Tendons. From the fixth or eighth lower Ribs arife an equal number of, FleShy Portions, which terminate in the inner Side of this Mufcle, and get the name of Mufculi Accefforii, or Additamentum),ad Sa- cro-Lumbalem. Anion : To affift in raifing and keeping the Trunk of the Bo- dy erea. It alfo aSfifts the Serratus Inferior, and Quadratus Lumborum, in depreSfing the^ibs. From the upper part of this lHufcIe, a FleShy Slip called Qer- vicalis Defcendens, runs up to be fixed to the tranfverfe Proeeffes' of the fourth, fifth, and fixth Vertebrae of the Neck, by three diftinft Tendons. When it aas, it turns the Neck obliquely backwards and to one fide. .r i Loncissimus Dorsi. Origin: In common with the Sa«fc-Lumbalisv It forms a large, thick, and ftrong Mufcle, which fills the hollow between the Spine and angles of the Ribs, and which, becoming gradu- ally fmaller in its afcent, has its Infertion into all the tranfverfe Proeeffes of the Vertebrae of the back, chiefly by fmall double Tendons ; and, by a Tendi- nous and FleShy Slip, into the lower edge of each of the Ribs, excepting the two inferior, near their Tubercles. From the upper part of this Mufcle, a round FleShy Slip runs tip to join the Cervicalis Defcendens. Anion : To extend the Trunk, and keep it etea. Complexus. Origin : By diftina Tendons, from the tranfverfe Proeeffes of the Seven fuperior Vertebrae of the Back, and four inferior of the Neck ; and by a FleShy Slip, from the Spinous Procefs of the firft Vertebra of the Back. In its paffage upwards, it is inter- mixed with Tendinous and FleShy parts. Infertion: Into a depreffion, under the large arched Ridge of the Occipital Bone. The long portion of this Mufcle, which lies next the Spinous Proeeffes, is more loofe than the reft, and has a roundilh Tendon in the middle of it, with a Flefhy Belly at each end, on which account it is called, by Albinus, Biventer Cervicis. Anion: To draw the Head backwards, and to one fide j and when both aa, to draw the Head direaiy backwards. Trachelo-Mastoideus; It is likewife called Complexus Minor, or Maftoideus Lateralis. Origin: From the tranfverfe Proeeffes of the three uppermost Vertebrae of the Back, and five loweft of the Neck, where it is conneaed to the Tranfverfalis Cervicis by as many thin Ten- >>dons, which unite into a Slender belly, and run up under the - Splenius. *■, Infertion: Into the pofterior margin of the Maftoid Procefs by a thin Tendon. Anion .- To affift the Complexus ; but it pulls the Head more \o a fide. Levator Scapula, ' Or Levator Proprius, or Mufculus Patientia. I Origin: Fiom the tranfverfe Proeeffes of the five fuperior Vertebrae of the Neck, by the fame number of diftina heads, which foon unite to form a flat Mufcle, which runs downwards andjautwards. Infertion: Into the fuperior angle of the Scapula. Vol. I. H S6 Action: To pull the Scapula upwards and a little forwards, as in Shrugging the Shoulder; and, when the Scapula is fixed, the Mufcle may p.£l uponALe Neck. Semi-Spinalis Dorsi, or Tranfverfo-Spinalis Dorfi. Origin: From the tranfverfe Proeeffes of the Seventh, eigh'h, ninth, and tenth Vertebrae of the B.ick, by as many distinct Tendons, which Soon grow Flefhy, and then b'ecome Tendinous again. Infertion: Into the Sp'nous ProccfTes of the fix or fevt;\ up.l/-. pejrmoft Vertebrae of the Back, and two lower of the Neck, hy^T as many Tendons. , Action: To extend, the Spine obliquely backwaids. Spinalis Dorsi. Origin : By five Tendinous Slips, from the Spinous ProcefTci of the two upper Vertebras of the Loins, and the three Lwtr of the Back.—In its afcent, it is incorpora ed with the Longiffiniui Dorfi, and has its Infertion into the Spinous Proeeffes of the eight or nine upper moft Vertebras of the Back, excepting the firft, by as many Ten dons. Anion : To Six the Vertebrae, and to affift in extending the Trunk and keeping it erea. Multifidus Spikma Formerly Tranfverfo-Spinalis Lumborum, Tranfverfo-Spinalii Dorfi, and Tranfverfo-Spinalis Colli. Origin: From the fide, and Spinous Proeeffes of the Os Sa cruin, and from that part of the Os Ilium which joins with thi Sacrum; from all the oblique and tranfverfe Proeeffes of the Vertebrae of the Loins ; from all the tranfverfe Proeeffes of the Vertebrae of the Back, and of the four inferior of the Neck, by as many diftina Tendons, which Slon become Flefhy, and run obliquely upwards and inwards. Infertion : By diftina Tendons, into all the Spinous Proeeffes of the Vertebras of the Loins, Back, and Neck, excepting the Atlas. Atlion: To extend the Spine obliquely, and pull it to a fide.1 When both Mu:cles aa, they draw the Spine direct ly backwards. Semi-Spinalis Colli, or Tranfverfo-Spinalis Colli. Origin: From the tranfverfe Proeeffes of the fix uppermoll Vertebrae of the Back, by as many diftina Tendons, which run M obliquely under the Complexus. Infertion : Into the Spinous Proeeffes of all the Vertebrae of the Neck, except the firft and laft. Action: To extend the Neck obliquely backwards and to t fide. ^7 Transversalis Colli. Origin: From the tranfverfe Proeeffes of the five fjppermoft \ Vertebrae of the Back, by the fame number of Tendinous and Flefliy Slips : It runs between the Tracheta-Maltoideus, Sple- nitis Colli, and Cervicalis Defcendens. Infertion : Into the tranfverfe Proeeffes of all the Cervical Ver- tebiae, except the firll and lad. Action; To turn the Neck obliquely backwaids, ant a little to one fide. Rectus Capitis Posticus Mino, or Renui Minor. Origin: Tendinous, clofe to its fellow, from a fmall Protu- berance which is in place of the Spinous Procefs of the firft Ver- tebra of the Neck. It fpreads out in its afcent, and has its Infertion, Flefhy, in a depreffion between the fmaller Arch and Foramen Magnum of the Occipital Bone. Anion •. To aflift the following Mufcle in drawing the Head backwards. Rectus Capitis Posticus Major, or Renus Major. Origin -. FleShy, from the external part of the Spinous Procefs of the fecond Vertebra of the Neck. It becomes gradually broad- er, and goes obliquely upwards and outwards. Infertion : Tendinous and Flefhy, into the Os Occipitis, at the outfide of theipfertion of the Rectus Minor, part, of which it covers and conceals. ASionj To pull the Head backwards, and to aSfift a .little ia . its rotation. Obliquus Capitis Inferior. Origin : FleShy, from the Spinous Procefs of the fecond Ver- tebra ot the Neck, at the oufjple of the Reaus Major. It forms a thjck belly, which runs upwards and outwards. Infertion: Into the tranfverfe Procefs of the firft Vertebra of the Neck. Ailion .- To roll the Head. Obliquus Capitis Superior. Origin: From the tranfverfe Procefs of the firlt Vertebra of the Neck. It paffes upwards and a little inwards. Infertion : Into the Occipital Bone, at the outer part of the in- leition many ftrong Tendons. The Subclavian Artery, and Nerves which form the Blachial PKxus, pus between this and the former Mufcle. Scalenus Posticus. Origin:, From the upper edge of the fecond Rib, near the Spine. Infertion: Into the tranfverfe Proeeffes of the fifth and Sixth Verte' rae of the Neck. Aclt'•■/< of the th*ree Scaleni: To bend the Neck to cne fide; or, ■.■■•hen the _Nxck is fixed, to raife the Ribs, and dilate the Thorax. Interspinales Colli. The fpaces between the Spinous Proeeffes of the Vertebrae of the Neck, moft of which are foiked, are occupied by double FleShy Portions, which h;.ve their Origin from each inferior Spinous Procefs, and their Infertion into each fuperior. Atlion : To draw thefe Proeeffes nearer to each other, and of confequence the Neck a little backwards. Intertransversales Colli. The fj.aces between all the tranfverfe Proeeffes ij£ the Vertebrst of the Neck, which are alfo forked, aie filled up in like manner with doyble FJcjfliy Portions. Anion ■. To draw thefe Proeeffes towards each other, and turn the Neck a little to one fide. Interspinales and Intertransversales Dorsi, Are rather fmall Tendons fharf Mufcles, ferving to council ihe Spinal and Tranfverfe Proeeffes. Interspinales Lumborum, }, ■Are of the fame nature with the Interfpinales and IntertranfJ* verfales Dorfi. Intertransversales Lumborum, Are five diftina Mufcles which occupy the fpaces between the tranfverfe Proeeffes of the laft Dorfal and all the Lumbar Verte- brae, and Serve to draw them a little towards each other.« 1 ! $9 MUSCLES OF THI SUPERIOR EXTREMITY* • MUSCLES an'Sing from the SCAPULA. Supra-Spinatus. Origin. Flc/hy, from ail the Foffa Supra-Spinata of the Sca- pula, and from the Spine and fuperior Cofta. It paSTc under the Acromion, adhering to the Capfular Ligament ot the Joint. Infertion. Tendinous, into the large Tubercle on the head of the Os Humeri. Anion. To raife the Arm, and at the fame time to pull the Capfular Ligament from between the Bones, to prevent it frodi being pinched. Infra-Spinatus. Origin. FleShy, from all that part of the Dorfum of the Sca- pula which is below its Spine; and from the Spine itfelf, as far as the Cervix of the Scapula. The Fibres run obliquely towards a Tendon in the middle of the Mufcle, which runs forwards, and adheres to the Capfular Ligament. Infertion. By a flat thick Tendon, into the upper and pofteri- or part of the-Urge Protuberance on the head of the Os Humeri AElion. To roll the Os Humeri outwards ; to aSfill in railing' and in fupporting it when raifed ; and to pull the Ligament from between ihe Bones. Thefe two Mufcles are covered by an Aponeurofis, from which many ot their FleShy Fibres arife. : Terej Minor. Origin. Flefhy, from the inferior Cofta of the Scapula It afcends along the inferior edge of the Infra-Spinata, adheres to the Capfular Ligament, and has its Infertion, Tendinous, into the back-part of the large Protu berance on the* head of the Os Humeri, a little below the Infra Spinatus. Anion. To roll the Os Humeri outwards, and draw it back- wards, and to prevent the Ligament from being pinched be- tween the Bones. Vol. I. Ha t*- 30 Teres Major. Origin. Flefhy, from the Dorfal fide of the inferior angle of the Scapula, and from a fmall part of its inlerior Cofta. It it fituated at ttfe under part of the Teres Minor, and fends off a broad flat Tendon, which accompanies the Tendon, of the La- tiflimus Dorfi, and, like it, has Irs Infection into the Ridge at the inner fide of the Groove for lodging the^Tendon of the long head of the Biceps Mufcle. Atlion. To roll the Hurj|erous inwards, and to draw it back* wards and downwards. Deltoioes. Origin. Flefhy, from all the outer part of the Clavicle, which is not occupied by the Peaoralis Major, and is feparated from it by a fmall Fiffure ; Tendinus and FleShy from the Acromion, and lower Margin of almoft the whole Spine of the Scapula, opposite to the infertion of the Trapezius. From thefe Origins it runs, under the appearance of three Mufcles going in different direaions, and leparated from each other by Slight Fiffures; viz from the Clavicle outwards, from the Acromion downwards, and from the Spine of the Scapula forwards ; and is compofed of a number of Fafciculi, forming a Strong Flefhy Mufcle, which covers the Joint of the Os Humeri. Infertion. By a Short and ftrong Tendon, into a rough Sur- face, on the outer fide of the Os Humeri, near its middle, where the fibres uf this Mufcle intermix with part of the Brachialis Externus. Anion. To pull the arm direaiy outwards and upwards, and a little forwards or backwards, according to the c\ifferent direc- tions of its Fibres. . *; Ca,raco-Brachialis. iff Origin. Tendinous and FleShy, from the fore-part of the Coracoid Procefs of the Scapula, in common with the Short heai of the Biceps Mufcle, to which it adheres through the greati part of its length. Infertion. -Tendinous and FleShy, into the internal part of the Os Humeri, near its middle, where it fends down an Apo- neurofis to the internal Condyle of the Os Humeri. Atlion, To bring the Arm obliquely upwards and forwards. Subscapulars, Origin. FleShy, from the three Cofta?, and whole inner Sur- face of the Scapula. It is compofed of a m mber of Tendinous* t j and FleShy portions, which run in a radiated manner, and.make prints on the Bone. In its paffage outwards, it adheres to the M Capfular. Ligament o£ the Joint, and has its ' * 91 Infertion, Tendinous, into the upper part of the internal Pro- tuberance, at the head of the Os Humeri. A3ion. To roll the Arm inwards, draw it to the fide of the Body, and to prevent the Capfular Ligament from being pinched ^o — MUSCLES chiefly Situated on the ARM, Serving for the MO- TIONS of the FORE-ARM. Aponeurosis of the Superior Extremity. The greater part of the Superior Extremity is covered by a Tendinous Membrane, or Aponeurosis, which arifes from the Bones of and Mufcles on, the Shoulder. On the Humerus, it indoles the Flexor and Extenfor Mufcles of the Fores-Arm, and is connected to the Ridges and Condyles at the under end of the Os Humeri. At the bending of the Elbow, it receives considerable additi- on* from the. Tendons of the Biceps and Triceps Mufcles of , the Fore-Arm, where the Fibres from the oppofite fides decuffate each other. It becomes thicker and Stronger on the Fore-Arm, and forms a firm covering to the Mufcles there. In its defceiit, it gives off partitions among the Mufcles, and thefe are fixed to the Radius and Ulna, the Membrane itS'elf being loft infen^jbly upon the Hand. It is thicker and Stronger on the outer than upon the inner fide of the Extremity, particularly on the Fore- Arm, at the undjer and back-part of which it forms a thick and Strong band, wTjicb, running tranfverlely, gets the name of - liga/nentum Caidi Annulare Pofierius. The ufe of this Aponeurofis is, like that in other parts of the Body, it braces the Mufcles, by keeping them in their pro- per place while in aaion, and gives origin to many of the Muf- . cuJar Fibtes which lie immediately under it. Biceps Flexor Cubiti, ot Biceps. Origin- By two heads ; the outer one, called its Long Head l begins by a Slender Tendon from the upper edge of the Glenoid, Cavity.of the Scapula, paries over the ball of the Os Humeri within the Joint, and, in its defcent without the Joint, is in. ,. clofed in a Groove upon the upper and fore-part of the Bone, by a Ligament which proceeds from the Capfular one and the ad- jacent Tendons. The inner Head,, called the Short one, arifes, Tendinous and FleShy, from the Coracoid Procefs of the Sca- pula, in common with the Caraco-Brachialis Mufcle. A little ,. below the middle of the fore-part of the Os Humeri, the two Heads unite, and form a thick FleShy Belly. 02 Infertion. By a ftrong roundifh Tendon, into the Tubercle at the upper and innei part of the Radius, and by a Tendinous expanfion into the Aponeurofis of the Fore-Ann, which it like- wife aflilts in foiming. Anion. To bend the Fore-Arm, and to affift the Supinator Mufcles in rolling the Radius outwards, and of conlequence turning the Palm of the Hand upwards. Brachialis Internus. Origin. FleShy, from the middle of the Os Humeri or Bra- clvi, at each fide of the Deltoides, covering all, and attached"to moft oS the under and fore-part of the Bone : it runs ovu the Joint, adhering firmiy to the Capfulai Ligament. Infertion. By a ftrong Short Tendon, into the Coronoid Procefs of the Ulna. A8ion. To Bend the Fore-Arm, and to prevent the Ligament of the Joint from being pinched. Triceps Extensor Cubiti. Origin. By three Heads; the firft, or long one, broad and Tendinous, from the inferior Coft This Mufcle is frequently a wanting, but the Aponeourofis is always to be found. Palmaris Brevis. Origin. By fmall bundles of FleShy Fibres, from the Liga- mentum Carpi Annulare, and Aponeurofis Palmaris. Infertion. Into the Skin and Fat which covers the Abduaor Minimi Digiti, and into the Os Pififorme. APian. To affift in contraaing the Palm of the Hand. Flexor Carpi Radialis, or Radlalis Internus. Origin. Tendinous and FJefhy, from the inner Condyle of the Os Humeri, and from the fore and upper part of the Ulna, between the Pronator Radii Teres and Flexor Sublimis, to which it firmly adheres. It forms a long Tendon, which paffes down near the Radius, goes through a Foffa in the Os Trapezium, and "becomes flat at its under extremity. Infertion. Into the fore and upper part of the Metacarpal Bone which fuftains the Fore-Finger. Anion. To bend the Wrift, and to affift in the pronation of the Hand. Flexor Carpi Ulnaris, or Ulnaris Internus. Origin. Tendinous, from the inner Condyle of the Os Hu- meri, and by a fmall Flefhy beginning, from the inner fide of tb^e Olecranon. It paffes along the inner fide of the Ulna, and originates fiom it for a considerable way down; A number of 04 Flefhy Fibres likewife arife from the^Aponjuufis of the Fere- Arm. ' Infertion. Bv a ftrong Tendon, into the Os Piliforme. Anion. To affift the former Mufcle in bending the Wrift. Extensor Carpi Radialis Longior, Or Radialis Extsrnus Longior. Origin. Broad, thin, and Flefhy, immediately below the Su- \A pinator Longus, from ihe Lower part of the Ridge of the Os Humeri, above its external Condyle. It fends off a long flat Tendon, which paffes down, firft upon the outer, and then up- on the back-part of the Radius, defcending in a Groove there, and going under the Annular Ligament of the Wrift. Infertion. Into the upper, back, and outer part of the Meta- carpal Bone of the Fore-Finger. i Atlion. To extend the Wrift, and bringghe Hand backwards. J Extensor Carpi Radialis Brkvior, j Or Radialis Externus Brevior. j It is fimilar to the former Mufcle, but its Flefhy Belly is pia- 1 ced farther down. " Origin. Tendinous, in common with the Extenfor Longior, from the external Condyle of the Os Humeri, and fiom the Li- gament which conneas the Radius to it: Pafling down upon \ the back-part of the Radius, its Tendon goes under the Annu- lar Ligament in the fame channel with the Tendon of the Ex- 1 tenfor Longior. J Infertion. Into the upper and back-part of the Metacarpal^ Bone of the Middle Finger. ■ Anion. To affift the former Mufcle in extending the Wrift; or, with it and the Flexor Carpi Radialis, tojdraw the Hand to the fide next the Thumb. L, Extensor Carpi Ulnaris, or Ulnaris Externus. Origin. Tendinous, from the external Condyle of the Os Hu- meri, and in its progrefs, Flefhy, from the middle of the Ulns, where it paffes over it. Its round Tendon is enclofed by a Membranous Sheath, in a. Groove at the back part of the extremity of the Ulna. Infertion. Into the pofterior and upper part of the Metacar- pal Bojie of the Little Finger. Anion. To aflift the two former Mufcles in extending the Wrift; or, with the afliftance of the Flexor Ulnaris, it diaws the Hand towards ihe fide next the Little Finger. Flexor Digitorum Sublimis, or Perforatvs. Origin. Tendinous and FleShy, from the internal Condyle of the Os Humeri; Tendinous, from the root of ihe Coronoid Pro # 05 cefs of the Ulna ; and Membranous and FleShy from the middle of the fore-part of the Radius. Its Flefhy Belly Sends off four round Tendons before it piaffes under the Annular Ligament of the Wiift. In their courie, they are connected to thole of the following Mufcle by fine Membranous Webs, and upon the Fingers they are inclofed in ftrong Tendinous Sheaths. Infertion. Into the anterior and upper part of the fecond Phalanx of the Fingers, being near the under part of the firft Phalanx, Split and i wiled to form a paffage, and at the fame time a kind of Sheath for the Tendons of the Flexor Profundus. Anion. To bend the fecond, and then the firft Phalanx of the Fingers. Flexor Digitorum Profundus, or Perforans. Origin. FleShy, from the external lide and upper part of the Ulna, for fome way downwards; and from a large Share of the Interoffeous Ligament. It runs down behind the Flexor Sub- lines, and, like it, fplits into four Tendons, a little before it paffes under the Annular Ligament, and thefe pafs through the Slits in the Tendons of the Flexor Sublimis. Infertion. Into the anterior and upper part of the third Pha- lanx of the Fingers. Action. To bend the laft Joint of the Fingers. Lumbricales. Origin. Thin and FleShy, from the outfide of the Tendons of the Flexor Profundus, a 1 ttle above the lower edge of the An- nular Ligament of the Wrift. They fend off long flender Ten- dons at the under ends of* the Metacarpal Bones, which have their Infertion into the outer fides of the broad Tendons of the In- teroffei Mufcles, about the middle of the firft Phalanx. Anion. To bend the firft Phalanx, and increaie the Flexion of the Fingers while the long Flexors are in full aaion. Extensor Digitorum Communis. Origin. Tendinous and Flefhy, from the external Condyle of the Os Humeri, where it adheres to the Supiniator Radii Brevis. It paffes down upon the back-part of the Fore-Arm, and before it goes under the pollenc Annular Ligament of the Wrift, it fplits into three or four Tendons, fome of which may be divided into fmaller ones. Upon the back of the Metacarpal Bones, the Tendons become broad and flat, and near the Heads of the Metacarpal Bones fend Aponeurotic expanfions to each other Infertion. Into the pofterior part of all the Bones of the four 1 infers, by a Tendinousexpanfion. Anion. To extend all the Joints of the Fingers. I 9o Supinator Radii Longus. Origin. By an acute FleShy beginning, from the Ridge of the Os Humeri, above the external Condyle, neaily as hi^h as the middle of the Bone. It forms a thick FleShy Belly, which covers the upper part of the Extenfor Carpi Radialis Longior ; and about the middle of the Fore-Arm Sends a tapering Tendon along the edge of the Radius. Infertion. Into the outer fide of the under end of the Radius, Anion. To roll the Radius outwards, and of confequence to turn the hand into a Supine fituation, or with the palm forwards. Supinator Radii Brevis. Origin. Tendinous, from the external Condyle of the Os Hu- meri ; Tendinous and Flefhy, from the outer and upper part of the Ulna, and from the Interoffeous Ligament. It paffes over the external edge of the Radius, and has its Infertion into the upper and fore-part of the Radius. Aclion. To affift the Supinator Longus. „^ Pronator Radii Teres, '^f Origin. FleShy, from the internal Condyle of the Os Humeri, and Tendinous from the Coronoid Procefs of the Ulna. It paffes obliquely acrofs"the upper end of the Flexor Mufcles of the Wrift, and is of a tapering form. Infertion. Thin, Tendinous, and Flefhy, into the middle of the pofterior part of the Radius. Anion. To roll the Radius inwards, by which it brings the Palm of the Hand backwards, or into a Slate of Pronation. Pronator Radii Qvadratus. Origin. Broad, Tendinous, and FleShy, from the under and inner part of the Ulna : The Fibres run tranfverfely. Infertion. Into the under and fore-part of the Radius. Aclion. To aflift the Pronator Teres. Flexor Longus Poilicis Manus, Or Flexor Tertu Intcrncdii. Origin. By an acute FleShy beginning, from the fore-part of the Radius and Interoffeous Ligament, the Origin extending from the Tubercle of the Bone, as far as the Pronator Qnadiatus Mufcle. It has frequently another Origin, by a diftina Flefhy Slip, from the internal Condyle of the 6s Humeri. Infertion. Into the laft Joint of the Thumb, after pafling its Tendon under the anterior Annular Ligament of the Wrift. Aclion. To Bend the laft Joint of the Thumb. Flexor Brevis Pollicis, Or Flexor Secundi Internodil. Origin. Frt.m the Os Trapezoides, Magnum, and Unciforme. It is divided into two portion, which form a Groove fofe the Tendon of the Flexor Longus Pollicis. 97 Infertion. Into the Offa Sefamoidea, and Bafe of the firft Bone of the thumb. Aclion. To bend the firft Joint of the Thumb. Opponens Pollicis, Or Flexor OJJis Mctacarpi Pollicis, or Flexor Primi Interhodii. Origin. Flefhy, from the Os Trapezium and anterior Annular Ligament of the Wrift: It lies immediately under the Abduaor Pollicis. Infertion. Tendinous and Flefhy, into the under and fore- part of the Metacarpal Bone of the Thumb. Atlion. To bring the Thumb inwards, fo as to make it op- pofe the Fingers, from wh.ch circuinftance' it has derived its name. Extensor Ossis Metacahpi Pollicis. Origin. FleShy, from the middle of the pofterior part of the Ulna, Radius, and Interoffeous Ligament. It runs obliquely over the Radius, Sending one, or more frequently two Tendons, through an Annular Sheath. Infertion. Into the Os Trapezium, and upper and back-part of the Metacarpal Bone of the Thumb. Anion. To extend the Metacarpal Bone of the Thumb, and draw it from the Fingers. Extensor Primi Intkknodxi Pollicis, Or Extenfor Minor. Origin. FleShy, from the back-part of the Ulna, and from the Interoffeous Ligament, near the former Mufcle, by the fide of which it runs. Infertion. Tendinous, into the pofterior part of the firft Bone of the Thumb: Part of it may be traced as far as the fecond Bone. Anion. To extend the firft Joint of the Thumb. Extensor Secundi Internodii, or Extenfor Major. Origin. By an acute, Tendinous, and Flefhy beginning, from the m.ddleof the back-part of the Ulna, and from the Interoffeous Ligament : Its Tendon runs through a fmall Groove at the un- der, inner, and back-part of the Radius. Infertion. Into the laft Bone of the Thumb. Anion. To extend the laft Joint of the Thumb. Abductor Pollicis. Origin. Broad, Tendinous, and FleShy, from the Ligamen- tum Carp. Annulare, and from the Os Trapezium. It lies in* mediately under the Skin, and over the Opponens Mufcle and Brev^AUel ^^ "' 'nnei' **'* "^ Albinus Ca,,s AbduFtor Vol. I. I T>i Infertion. Tendinous, into the outer fide of the root of the firft Bone of the Thumb. Aclion. To draw the Thumb from the Fingers. Adductor Pollicis. Origin. FleShy, from almoft the whole length of the Metacar- jmI Bone of the Middle-Finger : Going acrofs the Metacarpal Bone of the Fore-Finger, its Fibres converge, and fend off a Short Tendon. Infertion. Into the inner part of the root of the firft Bone of the Thumb. AJtion. To pull the Thumb towards the Fingers. Indkatok, or Extenfor Indicts Proprius. ^Origin. By an acute FleShy beginning, from the middle of the pofterior part of the Ulna, at the inner Side of the Extenfor Se- cundi Internodii Pollicis : Its Tendan paffes under the fame L;gament with the Extenfor Digitorum Communis, wkh part of wh'ch it has its '^S Infertion into the pofterior part of the Fore-Finger. Anion. To affift the common Extenfor in ex.ending all the Joints of thisF.ngcr, particularly in pointing at any thinj. Abductor Indicis. Origin. From the Os Trapezium, and from the upper part and inner fide of the Metacarpal Bone of the Thumb. Infertion. By a Short Tendon, into the outer and back-part of the firft Bone of the Fore Finger. Atlion. To bring the Fore-Finger towards the Thumb. Abductor Minimi Digiti. Origin. Flefhy, from the Os Pififorme, and from that part of the Ligamentum Carpi Annulare Anterius next it. Infertion. Tendinous, into the inner Side of the Bale of the firft Bone of the Little Finger. Anion. To draw the Little Finger from the reft. Adductor Minimi Digiti, or Metacarpal. Origin. FleShy, from the hook-like Procefs of the Os Unci- forme, and from that part of the anterior Annular Ligament of the Wrift next it: Pafling obliquely over the under end of ths former Mufcle, it has its Infertion. Tendinous, into the inner fide, and anterior or un- der extremity of the Metacarpal Bone of the Little Finger. Anion. To bend the Metacarpal Bone, and bring this Finger towards the reft. Flexor Parvis Minimi Digiti. Origin. L;ke that of the former Mufcle, but a little farther down, the belly of the Mufcle lying deeper. r Infertfbn. By a roundish Tendon, into the inner part of the Bafe of the firSt Bone of this Finger.. Anion. To bend the Little Finger, and aSIift the Adduaor. INTEROSSEI. Origin. From the fides of the Metacarpal Bones. They rill '• up the fpaces between thefe, and are forjaething fimilar to the Lumbricales, but larger. Infertion. By Slender Tendons,, along with thofe or the Liirn- •' bricalcs, into the Sides of the Tendinous expanfions of the Ex- tenfor Digitorum Communis. Anion. To give the Fingers the'r lateral motions, and to affift a little, according to their fituations, in bending or extending the firft Phalanx of the F.ngers. . Of the Interoffei, three, feen in the Palm of the Hand, arife I w'th fiigle Heads, and are called Interni; anil f ur on the back | of the Hand, with double Heads, termed Externi, or Bicipitis. [ Part of the Externi, however, are alfo feen in the Palm or the Hand. INTEROSSEI INTERNI. Prior Indicis. , Origin. From the outer part of the Metacarpal Bone of live , Fore-Finger. Infertion, Into the outfide of the Tendon on the back of the ~ F©**fingor. Anion. Vo draw that Finger outwards, towards the Thumb. Posterior Indicis. Origin. From the inner part of the Metacarpal Bone of the Fore-Finger. Infertion. Into the infide of the Tendon on the back of the Fore-Finger. Atlion. To draw the Fore-Finger inwards. Prior Annularis. » Origin. From the outfide of the Metacarpal Bone of the Rin*-- Finger ,. " Infertion. Into the outfide of the Tendon, on the Back of the Ring-Finger Aclion. To draw the Ring-Finger outwards. Interosseus Auricula p. is. Origin. From the outfide of the Metacarpal Bone of the Lit- < tie Finger. Infertion. Into the outfide of the Tendon on the back of the Littie Finger. Aclion. To draw the Little Finger outwards. 100 INTEROSSEI EXTERNI. Prior Mf.dii Digiti. Origin. From the correfponding fides of the Metacarpal Bones ef the Fore and Middle Fingers. Infertion. Into the outfide of the Tendon on the back of the Middle Finger. * | Anion. To draw the Middle Finger outwards. Posterior Medii Digiti. Origin. From the correfponding fides of the Metacarpal Bones oi the Middle and Ring Fingers Infertion. Into the infide of the Tendon, on the back of the Middle Finder. Atlion. To draw the Middle Finger inwards. Posterior Annularis. Origin. From the correfponding fides of the Metacarpal Bones of the i- mg.and Little Fingers. Infertion. Into the infide of the Tendon on the back of the \ Ring-Fmger. Action. To draw the Ring-Finger inwards. •oooooooooocoooo MUSCLES INTERIOR EXTREMITY. MUSCLES on the PELVIS and THIGH, ferving for the Motions of the THIGH and LEG. Aponeurosis 07 the Inferior Extremity. Previous to the defeription of the Mufcles of the Inferior Ex- tremity, it is proper to take notice of a Tendinous expanfion, which, as in the Superior Extremity, forms a general covering to the Mufcles, and fends off Partitions between them, to be eonnefted to the Ridges and Pioceffes of the Bones. It is thick and ftrong on the outfide of the Thigh and Leg, but towards the inner fide of both, particularly on the former, 101 k gradually turns thinner, and has rather the appearance of Cel- lular Membrane. It comes down from the Proeeffes and other projeaion s on the outfide of the Bones of the Pelvis,, efpecially from the Tendons of the external Layers of Mufcles of theLoins and Abdomen. > A little below the Trochanter Major, it is firmly conneaed to the Linea Afpera ; and at the Jo'nt of the Knee, it receives additions fiom the Tendons of the Extenfors of the Leg, and is * . there conneaed with the outer and inner fides of the- Head of the Tibia and Fibula. In the Leg, it is firmly fixed to the Spine of the Tibia ; and at the under end, to tht Bones of the Ankle, where part of it is thicker and Stronger than the reft, and forms I the Annular Ligament of the Tarfus. It is loft at laft upon the Foot. It Serves the fame general purpofes with the Aponeurofis of the Superior .Extremity. Psoas Magnus. 7 gu g & Iliacus Lntbrnus.J r ' J . J Pectinalis, or PetTmeus. Origin. Broad and FleShy, from the upper and fore-part of the Os Peainis, or Pubis, immediately above the Foramen Thy- roidf'um. It runs downwards and outwards at the inner fide of tjie Pfoas Magnus Mufcle. * Infertion. By a flat and Short Tendon, into the Linea Afpera of* the Os Femoris, a little below die Trochanter Minor. / tyffi^Jr?^'Ru^ the Thigh upwar.ds and inwards, and to give ' *i*J jni^oF^BihSequence the Foot, a degree of rotation outwards. ^ TRICEPS ADDUCTOR FEMORIS. > ? Under tins appellation are comprehended three diftina Mufcles, f,; y v»z« - . r Adioctor Longus Femoris. Origin. By a Strong roundish Tendon, from the upper and fere*-part of the«©s Pubis, and Ligament of the Synchondrosis, at the inner fide of the Peainalis : It runs downwards and out- wards, and has its Infertion, By a broad flat Tendon, into the mrddloof the Li- nea Afperaw. AmnjcToif Brevts Femoris. * Origin. Tendinous, from the Os Pubis, at the fide of its Symphyfis5, below and behind the former Mufcle : It runs ob- liquely outwards. ', Infertion. By a Short flat Tendon, into the inner and upper part of the Linen Afpera, from a little below the Trochanter Vol. I. I a , 102 Minor, to the beginning of the infertion of the Adduaor Lon- gus. Adductor Magnus Femoris. Origin. From the fide of the Symphyfis of the Pubis, a little lower than the former: The Origin is continued downwaids from the Crus and Tuberofity of the Os Ifchium ; the fibres run outwards and downwards, Spreading.out wide, and forming a veiy large Mufcle. Infertion. Into the whole length of the Linea Afpera, the un- der part of the Mulcle extending along the Ridge which leads ^ •; to the inner Condyle of the Os Femoris ; it is alfo fixed by a roundish Tendon, into the upper part of that Condyle, a little above which the Femoral Artery, taking a Spiral turn towards the Ham, paffes between the Tendon of ih.s Mulcle and the Bone. Action of the three AJduaores : To bring the Thigh inwards ' •ind upwaids, according to the different direaions of their Fi- bies, and to -Hill a little in rolling the Thigh outwards. Obturator Externus. Oiigin. By a Semi-circular margin, from the parts of the Os Pubis and Ii'chium, which form the anterior half of the Foramen ! hyroidcum, and fiom the Membrane which fills up that Fo- iamen ; ihe Fibres are colkaed like rays towards a centre, and pals outwards over the back part of the Cervix of the Os Fe- moris. 1 Infertion. By a ftrong round Tendon, into the Cavity at the "M inner and back-part of the root of the Trochanter Major, ad-*\i8 hering in its courfe to the Capfular Ligament of the Thigh-Bone. 4| Anion. To roll the Thigh-Bone obliquely outwards, and to prevent the Capfular Ligament from being pinched. « Gluteus Maximus. Origin. Flefhy, from the back-part of the Spine of the Ili- um ; from the under and outer part of the Cs Sacrum, and from ' the Os Coccygis ; from the pofterior Sacro-Sciatic Ligament, o- ver which part of the inferior edge hangs in a flap. The Fibres run obliquely forwards, and a little downwaids, to form a thick broad Mufcle, which is compofed ot diftina coarfe Fafciculi. The upper part of it covers almoft the whole of the Trochanter Major, and it is intimately conneaed with the broad Tendon of the Tenfor Vagina Femoris. g Infertion. By a ftrong, thick, and broad Tendon, into the * upper and outer part of the Linea Afpera, along which it is con- tinued for fome way down. , Anion. To ex:end the Thigh, and pull it backwards and a little outwards. 103 Gluteus Medioj." Origin. Flefhy, from all that part of the Spine of the Os Ili- um which is unoccupied by the Gluteus M'Ximus, from the up- per part of the Dorfun. ot that Bone, and from an Aponeurosis which covers the Mufcle, and joins the Fafcia of the Thigh. It fends off a broad Tendon, which has its Infertion into the outer and back-part of the Trochanter Ma- jor. Atlion. To pull the Thigh outwards, and a little backwards. The fore-part of the Mufcle affifts in rolling it inwards. Gluteus Minimus. Origin. Flefhy, from the lower half of the Dorfum of the Os Ilium: The Origin being continued from the fuperior anterior Spinous Procefs, along a rifing of the'Bane, as far as the great Sciatic Notch, it runs in a radiated manner to a ftrong flat Ten- don, which has it* Infertion into the fore and upper part of the Trochanter Major. Aclion. To affift the former in pulling the Thigh outwards, and a little backwards, it alfo aas, along with other Mufcles, In rolling it inwards. Pyriformts. Origin. Within the Pelvis, by three Tendinous and FleShy heads, from the fecond, third, and fourth pieces of the Os Sa- crum ; and becoming round and tapering, it paffes out of the Pelvis, along with the Sciatic Neive, through the great Notch of the Ilium, from which it receives the addition of a few FleShy Fibres. Infertion. By a roundifh Tendon, into the upper part of the Cavity, at the inner fide of the root of the Trochanter Major. Affion. To affift in the Abduaion of the Thigh, and in its rotation outwards. Gemini, or Gemelli. Origin. By two diftina Heads, the fuperior from the Spinous Procefs, and the inferior from the Tuberofity of the Os Ilchium, and from the Sacro-Sciatic Ligamenr. The two Heads are uni- ted by a Tendinous and FleShy Membrane, and form a Sheath for the reception of the Tendon of the Obturator Internus Muf- cle. Infertion. Tendinous and FleShy, into the Cavity at the inner Side of the root of the Trochanter Major, on each fide of the Tendon of the Obturator Internus, to which they firmly adhere. Anion. To roll the Thigh outwards, and to prevent the Ten- don of the Obturator Internus from Starting out of its place while the^Iufcle is in aaion, fOi Obturator Internus, formerly MarfupialU. Origin. Within the Pelvis, by a femi-circular Flefhy margin, from the anterior half of the Foramen Thyroideum, and, in part, from the Obturator Lgament.-—Its Fibres converge, and fend off a round Tendon which paffes over the Os Ifchium, between the Spine and Tuber of that Bone, in the manner a Rope paffei over a Polly.—Where it goes over the Capfular Ligament of the Thigh-Bone, it is inclofed in the Sheath of the Gemini Mufcles. Infertion. By a round Tendon, along with the Gemini Muf. cles, into the large Pit at the root of the Trochanter Major. Anion. To roll the Thigh obliquely outwards. Quadratus Femoris. Origin. TenJinous and FleShy* from the outer fide of the Tu- berosity of the Os Ifchium. It runs tranfverfely outwards. Injertion. FleShy, into a rough Ridge continued from the root of the great, to that of the fmall Trochanter. Action. To roll the Thigh outwards. J The Pyriform, Gemini, Quadratus, and Obturatores Mufcles,. M which are the Rotators of the Thigh, when it is in a line with the Body, become its Abduaors when it is in the bended ftate. i Tensor Vagina. Femoris. Origin. By a narrow,. Tendinous, and FleShy beginning,. from the external part of the anterior fupeiior Spinous Procefs of the Os Ilium. It goes downwards and a little backwards, forming a thick Flefliy Belly,, which is inclofed in a doubling of the Aponeuorofis or Vagina of the Thigh. Infertion. A little below the Trochanter Major, into the) inner Surface of the Aponeurofis which covers the outfide of the A Thigh. Anion* To Stretch the Aponeurofis, to affift in the Abduaioa- of the Thigh, and in its rotation inwards. Sartorius. * Origin. Tendinous, from the fuperior anterior Spinous Pro-- eefs of the Os Ilium : It foon becomes Flefhy,*and runs oblique^ ly downwaids over the Muffles fituated upon the fore and inner fide of the Thigh, and is the longeft Mufcle of the Body. Infertion. By a broad and thin Tendon, into the inner Side ot \ the Tibia, near the inferior part of its Tubercle. Anion. To move the Knee, and bring one Leg obliquely in- wards acrofs the other, Gracilis, or Rtilut Internus. Origin. By a thin Tendon, from the Os Pubis, near the Sym- phyfis ; it foon becomes FleShy, and defcendf in a direct comfc by the infide of the Thigh. J 105 Infertion. Tendinous, into the Tibia, under the SartoriouS, Atlion. To aSfift the Sartorious, in making the full Flexion of the Knee, after it has been bent to a certain degree by the Flexors on the back-part of the Thigh. Rectus Femoris, or Gracilis Anterior. Origin. FleShy, from the inferior anterior Spinous Proceft of the Os Ilium, and Tendinous from the Dorfum of the Ilium, a little above the Acetabulum : It runs down over the anterior part of the Cervix of the Os Femoris, and, in its paffage along the fore-part of the Thigh, it becomes gradually larger as far . down as its middle, and afterwards decreales towards its lower extremity. In the middle of the Mufcle there is a longitudinal Tendinous Line, from which the Mufcular Fibres run off like the plumage of a Feather, the Ten.lon itfelf being moft conlpi- cuous behind. Infertion. Tendinous, into the upper part of the Patella. Anion. To extend the Leg. Crura lis, or Crureta. Origin. FleShy, from between the two Trochanters of the Os Femoris, near the Minor ; and from the fore-part of the Thigh- Bone, to near its under extremity : Its fides are conneaed to both Vafti Mufcles, and, below, it fends off a Tendon which joins that of the former Mufcle. Infertion. Into the upper and back-part of the Patella, behind the Reaus. Anion. To affift in the extension of the Leg. Vastus Externus. Origin. Broad, Tendinous, and FleShy, from the outer part of the root of the Trochanter Major. Its Origin is continued from the Trochanter, along the whole outer fide of the L'nea Afpera, to near the outer Condyle-of the Os Femoria, by FleShy jTihres, which run obliquely forwards to a middle Tendon, where they terminate. Infertion. Into the upper and outer part of the Patella, at the edge of the Tendon of the Reaus, with which it is conneaed; part of it ends in an Aponeurofis, which is continued to the Leg;. and in its paffage is fixed to the Head of the Tibia. Anion. To extend the Leg. Vastus Internus. Origin. Tendinous and Flefhy, from the fore-part of the Os Femoris, and root of the Trochanter Minor. The Origin is alfo continued along the whole infide of the Linea Afpera, by Fi- bres runing obliquely forwards and downwards. infertion. Tendinous, at the fide of the Crureus, with which it is conneaed, into the upper and inner edge of the Patella, con- 106 tinuing Flefhy lower than ihe Vaftus Externus. Part of U like- wife ends in an Aponeurofis, which is extended down to the Leg^ and is fixed, in its paffage, to the upper part of the Tibia. Anion. To affift the three former Mufcles in extending ths « Leg; in doing which, the Patella, fixed to the Tubercle of the Tibia by a ftrong L;gament, fupplies the office of a Pulley. . Semitendinosus. .' Origin. Tendinous and Flefhy, in common with the long i-1. Head of the Biceps, from the pofterior part of the Tuberosity- '' of the Os Ifchium : Its Flefliy Belly runs down the'back-put of the Thigh, and fends off a long roundifh Tendon, which, pafling along the inner fide of the Knee, ends flat, and has its Infertion \n\o the infide of the Ridge of the Tibia, a little be- *■ low its Tubercle, and conneaed to the under cd&e of the Gra- . cilis. AQion. To bend the Leg, and, when bended, to roll it in- wards, i Semimembranosus. Origin. By a broad flat Tendon, from the upper and pofteri- or part of the Tuberofity of the Os Ifchium. The Fibres com- pofing the Flefliy Belly, run in a very oblique direaion, towards a Tendon at the inner and under part of the Mufcle, which is Situated behind the Semitendinofus. Infertion. Into the inner and back-part of the Head of the Tibia. Action. To bend the Leg, and bring it direaiy backwards. 1 Biceps Flexor Cruris. ' Origin. By two diftina Heads; the fiift, or long Head, a- rifes in common with the Semitendinofus, from the upper and back-part of the Tuberofity of the Os Ifchium. The fecond, ' or Sho/t Head, arife- from the Linea Afpera, a little below the termination of. the Gluteus Maximus, by a FleShy acute begin-- •< ning, which foon grows broader, as it defcends to join the firft Head, a little above the external Condyle of ihe Os Femoris. Infertion. By a ftrong Tendon, into the upper part of the. Head of the Fibula. Atlion. To bend the Leg.. The Semitendinofus and Semimembranosus form the inner Ham-firing, and the Biceps the outer Ham firing. Between the Ham-Strings the great Veffels and Nerves lie, which ruu to the Leg. Popliteus. Origin. By a fmall round Tendon, from the outer and under part of the extei nal Condyle of the Os Femoris, and from the i back-part of the.Capfular Lijaraent of the Joint. In paffinfc 107 tae Joint, it becomes Flefliy, fpreads out, and the Fibres run obliquely inwards and downwards, being covered with a Ten- dinous Membrane. Inflation. Th.n and Flefliy, into a Ridge at the upper and inner edge of the Tibia, a little below its Head. Anion. To affift in bend'ng the Leg, and, when bent, to roll i it inwards. The MuS'cle alfo prevents the Capfular Ligament from being pinched. \ MUSCLES fituated on the LEG and FOOT, fVrving for. the MOTIONS of the FOOT and TOES. Gastrocnemius Externus. Origin. By two diftina Heads ; one from the upper and back- part of the internal Condyle of tire Os Femoris, and from that Bone, a little above its Condyle, by two feparate beginnings. The other Head arifes, Tendinous, from the upper and back- part of the external Condyle. A little below the Joint, their FleShy Bellies meet in a middle Tendon, the union giving the r appearance of a longitudinal Raphe; below the middle of rhe Tibia, the Mufcle Sends off a broad thin Tendon, which, be- ' coming gradually narrower, joins that of the Gastrocnemius Internus, a little above the Ankle. Gastrocnemius Internus, or Soletis. Origin. By two Heads; the firft is from the back-part of the Head, and upper and back-part of the Body of the Fibula. The other Origin is from the back-part of the Tibia, and runs inwards along the under edge of the Popliteus, towards the in- (. ner part of the Tib'a, from which it receives Flefhy Fibres for , fome way down. The Fleih of this Mulcle, covered by the - Tendon of the Gastrocnemius Externus, defcends nearly as far 4 • as the extremity of the Tibia, a little above which the Tendons ' of both Gaftrocnemii unite, and form a Strong round Chord, called Tendo-Achillis. Infertion. Into the upper and back-part of the Os Calcis, by the projection of which the Tendon* Achilles is at a confiderable dillance from the Tibia. Anion. To extend the Foot, by raifing the Heel. Plantaris. Origin. Thin and Flefhy, from the upper and back-part of the external Condyle of the Os Femoris, and from the Cap- fular Ligament of the Joint. A little below the Head of the Fi- bula, it fends off a long Slender Tendon, which de/cends ob- 103 liquely inwards, between the inner Heads of the Gaftrocnemii Mufcles, and afterwards runs along the inner edge of the Ten- do-Achillis. Infertion. Into the infide of the pofterior part of the Os Cal- cis, below the Tendo-Achillis. Atlion. To affift the Gaftrocnemii, and to pull the Capfular Ligament of the Knee from between the Bones. This Mufcle, though feldom, has been found a wanting. \U Tibialis Anticus. Origin. Tendinous, from the upper part of the Tibia, be- tween its Tubercle and the articulation with the Fibula ; it then runs down FleShy, on the outfide ot the Tibia, adhering to it and to the upper part of the Interoffeous Ligament; near the un- der part of the Leg, it fends off a Strong round Tendon, which paffes under part of the Ligamentum Tarfi Annulare, near the , inner Ankle. Infertion. Tendinous, into the middle of the Os Cuneiforme Internum, and BaSe of the Meiatarfal Bone of the Gieat Toe.1 Anion. To bend the Foot, by bringing the fore-part of it to- wards the Leg. ( Tibialis Posticus. Origin. Flefhy, from the upper and fore-part of the Tibia, under the Procel's which joins it to the Fibula; then pafling through a Fiffure in the upper part of the Interoffeous Ligament, it continues its Oiigin from the back-part of the Fibula, next the Tibia, and from near one half of the upper part of the laftl named Bone, as alfo fiom the Interoffeous Ligament, the FibresJ running towards a middle Tendon, which, in its defcent, be-fl comes round, and paffes in a Groove behind the Malleolus In* ternus. - Infertion. Tendinous, chiefiy into the upper and inner part of the Os Naviculare, and partly into the under Surface of the Tar- fal Bones by Separate Slips, the laft of which goes to the root of the Metatarfal Bone of the Middle Toe. Action. To extend the Foot, and, with the affiftanre of the > Tibialis Anticus, to turn the Toes inwards, and the outer ed^e ; of the Foot downwards. 4 Peroneus Longus, or Primus. Origin. Tendinous and FleShy, from the fore-part of the Head of the Fibula; and FleShy from the outer part of the Bone, down to within a hand-breadth of the Ankle. The Fi- bres inn in a Penniform manner towards a long Tendon, which becomes round, and paffes in a Sheath through a channel, behind the Malleolus Externus. It is then refleaed to the finuoiity ot the Os. Calcis, runs along a Groove in the Os Cuboides, and ' goes obliquely acrofs the Bones in the middle of the Sde. 109 Infertion. Tendinous, into the outfide of'the root of the Me- ratailal Bone of the Great Toe, and partly into the Os Cunei- forme Internum. Anion. To extend the Foot a little, to draw it outwards and to turn the inner edge of it downwaids. Peroneus Brevis, or Secundum. Origin. FleShy, from the outer part of the Fibula, beginning fome way above the middle height of the Bone, and continuing its adhefion to the Malleolus Externus. The Fibres run, like thofe of the former Mufcle, to an external Tendon, which be- comes round, paffes behind the outer Ankle, where it is inclu- Jvd trr- the fame Sheath with the Tendon of the preceding Mufcle, and there, creffing behind that Tendon, it runs forwards in a Sheath proper to itfelf. Infertion. Tend'nous into the root and external part of the Metatarfal Bone of the Little Toe. Anion. To affift the former Mufcle in pulling the Foot out- wards, and its outer edge upwards, and in extending the Foot in i fmall degree. Extensor Longus Digitorum Pedis. .Origin. Tendinous and Flefhy, from the upper and outer part of the Head of the Tibia, and from the Head and almoft the whole length of the anterior Spine of the Fibula. It arifes, alfo, Flefliy, from the Aponeurofis which covers the upper and outer part of the Leg, and from the Interoffeous Ligament. Under the Ligamentum Tarfi Annulare, it fplits into four round Ten- dons, which pafs along the upper part of the Foot. Infertion. Into the Bale of the firft Phalanx of the four fmall Toes, by flat Tendons which are expanded over the upper fide of the Toes to the root of the laft Phalanx. Atlion. To extend all the Joints of the four fmall Toes. A portion of this Mufcle is called, by Albinus, Peroneus Tertius. Origin. Jirom the middle of the Fibula, in common with the Extenfor Longus Digitorum : It continues down to near its in- ferior extremity, and fends its Flefhy Fibres forwards to a Ten- don which paffes under the Annular Ligament. Infertion. Into the root of the Metatarfal Bone of the Little Toe. Aclion. To affift in bending the Foot. Extensor Brevis Digitorum. Origin. Flefhy and Tendinous, from the outer and fore-part of theOs Calcis. It foon forms a FleShy Belly, which is divi- ded into four portions j thefe fend off an equal number of Ten- Vol. I. K 110 d ,ns, which pafs over the upper part of the Foot, croSfing under tire Tendons of the former Mufcle, Infjrtionz By four Slender Tendons, into the Tendinous Ex- pa«uon fiBiri the Extenfor Pollicis, which covers the Great Toe, rul into the Tendinous Expanfion from the Extenfor Longus? which covers the other Toes, excepting the little one. Anion. To affift in the extenfion of the Toes. Aponeurosis Plantaris. This, like the Aponeurofis Palmaris, is a ftrong Tendinous Expanfion, which covers the Mufcles, Veffels, and Nerves of the Sole. It arifes from the Tuberofity at the under and back-part o{ the Os Calcis, and is divided into three portions, which run for- wards to be conneaed to the Heads of the Metatarfal Bones of all the Toes. The middle Portion is Subdivided into five Slips, which fplit at the roots of the Toes, and embiace the Tendons of the Flexor Mufcles. It ferves the fame purpofe with Aponcurcfes in other parts of the Body, and alfo pet forms the office cf a Ligament, by bind- ing the two ends of the Arch of the Foot together. Flexor Brevis Digitorum Pedis, Or Flexor Sublimit, or Perforatus. Origin. Narrow and FleShy, from the inferior anterior part of the Tuberofity of the Os Calcis, and from the Aponeurofis Plantaris, It forms a thick Flefhy Belly, which fends off four Tendons, and thefe Spiit for the paffage of the Tendons of the Flexor Longus. Infertion. Into the fecond Phalanx of the four fmall Toes. The Tendon of the Little Toe is often a wanting. Anion. To bend the firft and fecond Johns of the Toes, but particularly the fecond. Flexor Longus Digitorum, Or Flexor Profundus, or Perforans. Origin. By an acute Tendon, which foon becomes Flefhy, from the back-part of the Tibia, at the under edge of the Po- pliteusj and this beginning is continued down the inner edge of the Bone, by Short FleShy Fibres ending in its Tendon ; alfo by Tendinous and FleShy Fibres, from the outer edge of the Tibia; and between this double order of Fibres the Tibialis Pofticus lies inclofed. Having gone under two Annular Ligaments, it paf- fes through a Sinudfity at the infide of the Os Calcis; and about the middle of the Sole, it receives a Tendon from the Flexor Longus Pollicis ; it then divides into four Tendons, which run through the Slits of the Perforatus. Ill InfertioH. Info the Bafe of the Third Phalanx of the four-- fmaller Toes, the Tendons of tlvs, as well as of the Flexor Brevis, being inclofed upon the Toes by Annular Ligaments. Anion. To bend the different Joints of the Toes out, efpecial- ly the laft one. Flexor Digitorum Accessorius, Or Maju Camea Jacobi Syl-vii. 1 Origin. By two portions; the inner Flefliy, from the Sinuofity of the Os Calcis ; the outer Tendinous, but foon becoming FleShy, from the fore and outer part of that Bone. Infertion. Into the Tendon of the Flexor Longus, before it divides into Sin ,Her Tendons. Anion. To affift the Flexor Longus. LuMSRICALES. Origin. By four Tendinous and FleShy beginnings, from the Tendon of the Flexor Profundus, juft before its divifion; they tun forwards, under the fame general appearance with thofe ill the Hand, but are fomewhat fmaller. Infertion. By four (lender Tendons, at the infide of the firft Joint of the four fmall Toes, into the Tendinous Expanfion Sent from the Extenfors to cover the upper part of the Toes. Anion. To increafe the flexion of the Toes, and to draw them inwards. Extensor Proprius Pollicis Pedis, or Extenfor Longus. Origin. By an acute, Tendinous, and FleShy beginning, from the fore-part of the Fibub, fome way below its Head; it con- tinues its Origin from the fame Bone, to near the outer Ankle, by Flefhy Fibres, which defcend obliquely towards a Tendon. Infertion. Tendinous, into the pofterior part of both the Bones of the Great Toe. Anion. To extend the Great Toe. Flexor Longus Pollicis. Origin. Tendinous and Flefliy, from the hack-part of the Fi- bula, fome way below its Head, being continued down the fame Bone, almoft to its under end, by a doubleorder of oblique FleShy Fibres;its Tendon paffes under an Anr.ular Ligament at the in- ner Ankle. Infe-tion. Into the lalt Joint of the Great Toe. Action. To bend the Great Toe, and particularly the laft Joint. Flexor Brevis Pollicis. Origin. Tendinous, from the under and fore-part of the Os Calcis, and from the Os Cuneiforme Externum : It is inSeparahly united with the Abduaor and Adduaor Pollicis. 112 Infertion. Into the external Os Sefamoidcum, and root of tiie firft- Bone of the Great Toe. Anion. To bend the firft Joint of the Gieat Toe. Abductor Pollicis. Origin. Flefhy, from the anterior and inner part of the Protu- berance of the Os Calcis, and Tendinous from the fame Bone, where it joins with the Os Naviculare. Infertion. Tendinous, into the internal Os Sefamoideum, and root of the firft Bone of the Great Toe. Anion. To pull the Great Toe from the reft. Adductor Pollicis. Origin. By a long thin Tendon, from the under part of the Os Calcis ; from the Os Cuboides; from the Os Cuneifoime Externum ; and from the root of the Metatarfal Bone of the fecond Toe: The Mufcle is c'ivided into two Flefliy portions, which unite, and have their infertion into the external Os Sefamoideum, and root of the Metatarfal Pone of the Great Toe. AiJicn. To puli the Great Toe towards the reft. Abductor Minimi Digiti Pedis. Origin. Tendinous and Flefhy, from the edge of a Cavity on the under part of the Protuberance of the Os Calcis, and from tiie root of the Metatarfal Bone of the Little Toe. Infertmn. Into the outer part of the root of the firft Bone of the Little Tor. Anion. To draw the Little Toe outwards. Flexor Brevis Minimi Digiti. Origin. Tendinous from the Os Cuboides, near the Groove for lodging the Tendon of the Peroneus Longus ; and Flelhy, from the outer and back-part of the Metatarf.il Bone of this Toe. Infertion. Into the anterior extremity of the Metatarfal Bone, and root of the firft Bone of the L'ttle Toe. Anion. To bend this Tee. Transversalis Pedis. Origin. Tendinous, from the under and fore-part of the Me- tatarfal Bone of the Great Toe, and frrm the internal Os Sefa- moideum of the firft Joint. It forms a FleShy Belly, which runs tranfyerfely between the Metatarfal Bones and Flexor Mufcles ot the Toes, and has its Infertion, Tendinous, into the under and outer part of the an- terior extremity of the Metatarfal Bone of the Little Toe, and Ligament of the next Toe. Atlion. To contraa the Foot, by bringing the toots of the outer and irtner Toes towards each other. 113 INTEROSSEI PEDIS. The Interoffei arife, Tendinous and FleShy, from, and fill the fpaces between, the Metatarfal Bones. Three, called Interni, arife with Single Heads, and are placed in the Sole; and four, termed Externi, or Bicipites, arife with double Heads, and ap- pear on both fides of the Foot. The Infertion of all the Interoffei is by flender Tendons, into the expanfion fent off from the Tendons of the Lumbricales and Extenfor Mufcles of the Toes. INTEROSSEI INTERNI. Prior, or Abductor Medii Digiti. Origin. From the infide of the Mctatarfal'Bone of the Middle Toe. Infertion. Into the infide of the root of the firft Bone of the Mddle Toe. Anion. To pull the Middle Toe inwards. Prior, or Abductor Tertii Digiti. Origin. From the inner and under part of the Metatarfal Bone of the Third Toe Infertion. Into the infide of the root of the firft Bone of the Third Toe. Anion. To pull the Third Toe inwards. Prior, or Adductor Minimi Digiti. Origin. From the infide of the Metatarfal Bone of the Little Toe. Infertion. Into the infide of the root of the firft Bone of the Little Toe. Anion. To pull the Little Toe inwards. INTEROSSEI EXTERNI, or Bicipites. Prior, or Abductor Indicis. Origin. Frcm'the correfponding Sides of the Metatarfal Bones of the Great and Fore-Toes. Infertion. Into the infide of the root of the firft Bone of the Fore-Toe. Anion. To pull the Fore-Toe inwards. Posterior, or Adductor Indicis. Origin. From the correfponding fides of the fore and fecond Toes. Infertion. Into the outfide of the root of the fitft Bone of the Fore-Toe. Anion. To pull the Fore-Toe outwards. Vol. I, Ka 114 Posterior, or Abductor Medii Dioiti. Origin. From the correfponding fides of the Metatarfal Bones of the Second and Third Toes. Infertion. Into the outfide of the root of the firft Bone of ths Second Toe. A8ion. To pull the Second Toe outwards. Posterior, or Adductor Tirtii Digiti. Origin. From the correfponding fides of the Metatarfal Bones ' of the Third and Little Toe. i Infertion. Into the outfide of the root of the firft Bone of the Little Toe. Anion. To pull the Third Toe outwards. END OF PART SECOND. 115 PART III. — 0 — OF THE BURS^E MUCOSA. OF the STRUCTURE OF THE BONES. OF the LIGAMENTS, AND OTHER PARTS OF THE JOINTS. OF THE BURS^rE MUCOSA. -----^aoaa THE Bursa belong to the Extremities, and are found be- tween Tendons and Bones, where they play upon each other; as at the infertion of the Biceps Flexor Cubiti : Or, where Tendons rub on each other; as between thofe of the Extenfores Carpi Radiales and Extenfores Pollicis : Or, between Tendons and the external parts; as in the Sheaths of the Tendons of the Flexors of the Fingers and Toes, W6 where they furniSha lining to the Sheaths, without communica. ting with other parts : Or, between Tendons and Ligaments of the Joints ; as be- tween the Tendons of the Flexors of the Fingers, and Capfular Ligament of the Wrift. They are found in a few places,-where Proeeffes play upon Ligaments ; as between the Acromion and Capfular Ligament of the Humerus : Or, wheat Bones play on each other ; as between the Clavicle and Coracoid Procefs of the Scapula. . Some of theBurfae of contiguous Tendons communicate with each other; as between the Extenfor Carpi Radialis, and Exten- for Secundi Intemodii Pollicis. Others communicate, not/only in Adults, but often alfo in Children,, with the Cavity of the Joints ;, as behind the Tendon of the Extenfors-of the Leg, though this is more frequently the cafe in advanced age. Their ftruaure is the fame with the inner Layer of the Capfu- lar Ligament of the Joints. Like that, they are formed of a thin pellucid Membrane, pof- feffing little fenfibility, and joined to the Surrounding parts by Cellular Subftance, and many of them are covered with Fat. Like the Capful of the Joint, they have commonly a thin Layer of Cartilage, or of tough Membrane, between them and the Bone. Like it too they have reddiSh coloured. maffes of Fat pro- jeaing into their Cavities, from the edges of which Fringes are fent off; as behind the Ligament of the Patella, or at the infer- tion ofihe Tendo Achillis. Like it alfo, the infide of the Burfae is remarkably fmooth, be- ing lubricated with the fame kind of Gelatinous Mucus which is found in the Cavities of the Joints ;—the Mucus ferving the fame general purpofe with that of the Joints, viz. to leffen the friaion and prevent the conSequences which would otherwife arife from it. in BURS.E MUCOSiE or the SUPERIOR EXTREMITY. -' Bc-Rs.r. ab..it the Joint of the Shoulder. A BURSA under the Clavicle, where it plays upon the Co- racoid Procefs. A large Burfa between the Acromion and Ligament, joining it to the Coracoid Procefs, and the Capfular Ligament of the Humerus. A fmall Burfa, fometimes abfent, between the point of the '. Coracoid Procefs and Capfular Ligament of the Humerus. A Burfa between the Tendon of the Subfcapularis Mufcle and . Capfular Ligament of the Humerus, frequently communicating ! with the Cavity of that Joint. t A Burfa, not conftant, between the origin of the Coraco- id Brachialis and Short head of the Biceps Mufcle, and Capfular Ligament of the Humerus. 1 A Burfa between the Tendon of the Teres Major and the Os Humeri, and upper part of the Tendon of the Latiflimus Dorfi. A fmall Burfa between the Tendon of the Latiflimus Dorfi i and Os Humeri. A Burfa between the Tendon of the long head of the Biceps Flexor Cubiti and the Humerus. Bursa about the Joint of the Elbow. A Burfa, with a Peloton of fat, between the Tendon of the Biceps and Tubercle of the Radius. A fmall Burfa between the Tendon common to the Extenfor Carpi Radialis Brevior, Extenfor Digitorum Communis, and round head of the Radius. A Small Burfa, between the Tendon of the Triceps Extenfor Cubiti and Olecranon. Burs.« upon the Under part of the Fore-Arm and Hand. A very large Burfa Surrounding the Tendon of the Flexor Pollicis Longus. Four long Burfis lining the Sheaths which inclofe the Tendons of the Flexors upon the Fingers. 118 Four Short Burfae on the fore-part of the Tendons of the Flex- or Digitorum Sublimis in the Palm of the Hand. A large Burla between the Tendon of the Flexor Pollicis Longus, the fore-part of the Radius, and Capfular L'gainent of the Os Trapezium. A large Burfa between the Tendons of the Flexor Digitorum Profundus, and the fore-part' of the end of the Radius and Cap- iular Ligajnent of the Wrift. Thefe two laft mentioned Burfae are fomet'mes found to com- municate with each other. A Burfa between the Tendon of the Flexor Carpi Radialis and Os Trapezium. A Burfa between the Tendon of the Flexor Carpi Ulnaris and Os Pififorme. A Burfa between the Tendon of the Extenfor Offis Mcta- carpi Pollicis and Radius. A large Burfa common to the Extenfores Carpi Radiates, where they crofs behind the Extenfor Offis Metarcarpi Pollicis. Another Burfa common to the Extenfores Carpi Radiales, where they crofs behind the Extenfor Secundi Internodii Pollicis^. f A third Burfa at the Infertion of the Tendon of the Exten- for Carpi Radialis Brevior.. A Burfa for the Tendon of the Extenfor Secundi Internodii ' Pollicis, which communicates with the fecond Burfa common to the Extenfores Carpi Radiales. Another Burfa between the Tendon of the Extenfor Secundi Internodii Poiijcis and Metacarpal Bone of the Thumb. A Burfa between the Tendons of the Extenfor of the Fore, Middle, and Ring Fingers, and Ligament of the Wrift. A Burfa for the Tendons of the Extenfor of the L'ttle Finger. A Burfa between the Tendon or he Exter.for Carpi Ulnarii and Ligament of the Wri<* S19 BURS/E MUCOSAE OF THE INFERIOR EXTREMITY. ----—»o»i--- Bursa upon the Pelvis and upper part of the Thigh. A VERY large Burfa between the Iliacus Internus and Pfo- [ as Magnus Mufcle, and Capfular Ligament of the Thigh-bone. A Burfa between the Tendon of the Peainalis Mufcle and the Thigh-bone. A fmall Burfa between the Gluteus Medius and Trochanter Major, and before the Infertion.of the Tendon of the Pyrifor- mis. A Burfa between the Tendon of the Gluteus Minimus and ; Trochanter Major. A Burfa between the Gluteus Maximus and Vaftus Externus. A Burfa between the Gluteus Medius and Pyriformis. A Burfa between the Obturator Internus and Os Ifchium. An oblong Burfa continued a Considerable way between the ! Obturator Internus, Gemini, and Capfular Ligament of the Thigh-bone. A fmall Burfa at the Head of the Semimembranofus and Bi- ceps Flexor Cruris. A fmall Burfa between the origin of the Semitendinofus and that of the two former Mufcles. . A large Burfa between the Tendon of the Gluteus Maximus ' and root of the Trochanter Major. ' Two fmall Burl'ae between the Tendon of the Gluteus Maxi- mus and Thigh-bone. Bursa about the Joint of the Knee. A large Burfa behind the Tendon of the Extenfors of the Leg, frequently found to communicate with the Cavity of the Knee- Joirit. A Burfa behind the Ligament which joins the Patella to the Tibia, in the upper part of the Cavity of which a fatty fub- ftance projeas. r A large Burfa between the Tendons of the Sartorius, Gra- i cilis, Semitendinofus, and Tibia. I-V) A Burfa between the Tendons of the Semimembranosus and Gemellus, and Ligament of the Knee. This Burfa contains a fmall one within it, from which a paflage leads into the Cavity of the Joint of the Knee. A Burfa bctwe-.n the Tendon cf the Simibranofus and the lateral internal Ligament of the Knee, from which alio theie is a paffage leading into the Joint of the Knee. A B rfa under the Popliteus Mulcle, likewife communica- ting with the Cavity of the Knee-joint. Bursa about the Ankle. A Burfa between the Tendon of the Tibialis Anticus, and under part of the Tibia and Ligament of the Ankle. A Burfa between the Tendon of the Extenfor Proprius Polli- cis Pedis, and theTibia and Capfular Ligament of the Ankle. A Bu.fa between the Tendons of the Extenfor Digftoiuru Longus, and Ligament of the Ankle. A large Burfa common to the Tendons of the Peronei Mufcles. A Burfa proper to the Tendon of ihe Peroneus Brevis. A Burfa between the Tendo Achillis and Os Calcis, into W»e Cavity of which a Peloton or Mafs of Fat projeas. A Burfa between the Os Calcis and Flexor Pollicis Longus. A Burfa between the Flexor Digitorum Longus and the Ti- bia and Os Calcis. A Burfa between the Tendon of the Tibialis Pofticus and the Tibia and Aftragalus. Bursa Mucosa in the Sole of the Foot. A fecond Burfa for the Tendon of the Peroneus Longus, with an oblong Peloton of fat wiihin it. A Burfa common to the Tendon of the Flexor Pollicis Lon. gus, and that of the Flexor Digitorum Profundus, at the up- per end of which a fatty fubltance projeas. A Burfa for the Tendon ot the Tibialis Pofticus. Burl* of the Tendons of the Flexors of the Toes. 121 • r the STRUCTURE OF THE BONES. ---—M»0 — THE BONES derive their Hardnefs from the great quantity of Earth contained in their fubftance. They are more or lefs of a white or red colour, according to the proportions of Earth or Blood entering into their compo- sition: and are therefore whiteft in the Adult, and reddeft in the Child, more Earth being found in the former, and more Blood in the latter. Bones are compofed of Lamella, or plates, which are formed of Fibres running longitudinally, or in a radiated manner, ac- cording to the natural figure of the Bone ; as may be feen by expofing them to the heat, or to the weather, &c. The Plates of Bones are originally formed by the Veffels of the Periofteum Externum, and Membrana Medullaris, and not, as has been fuppofed by fome Authors, from Layers detached from the external Periofteum. The Plates are conneded by Fibres, which fome have confider- ed as Claviculi or Nails, which were called Perpendicular, Oblique, &c. according to their different direaions. The outer Plates of Bones are firmly compaaed, fo as to ap- pear like one folid fubftance. The inner Parts of Bones in general, whether long, round, or flat, have their Plates and Threads running in various di- reaions, interfeaing each other, and forming the Cancelli, or Spongy Subftance of the Bones ; the Cancelli every where com- municating freely among themfelves. The Cancelli, in the middle of long Bones, are Fibrous, and form the Reticular Subftance which divides the Bone into larger caverns. Towards the extremities, the Cancelli are lamellated, and much more numerous than in the middle of long Bones. Cancelli of a fimilar nature to thofe of the long Bones are al- fo placed between the tables of flat, and inner parts of round Bones. In fome of the broad Bones, however, the folid parts are fo much compreffed, as to leave little or no room for Cancelli. On the contrary, in the middle of the long Bones, the Cavi- ties are fo large as to give the appearance of a hollow Cylinder. Vol. I. h 122 The Cancelli of Bones are formed by the internal Plates be- ing lent inwards to decuffate each other ; and in the long Bones, the fides become gradually thinner towards the extremities, while the Cancelli in proportion become more numerous. The Cancelli .exift in the moft Solid parts of Bones, as can he readily Seen by expofure to heat, or in Bones enlargedby difeafe. In either of thefe cafes, fmall caverns may be obferved, and are distinguishable from the Canals for containing the Veffels, the former being irregular, and the latter cylindrical. ■ The Cancelli fupport the Membranes containing the Marrow, as'the Cellular Subftance does the fat. They alfo furnifh a wider furface for the-diipeHrfion of the arteries which fecrete the Marrow. ♦Uponthe furface of Bones there are numerous Fiffures, for the more intimateconneaion of the Periofteum with the Bone, and for lodgement to Blood-veffels. Many Orifices are obferved upon the Surface, and particular- ly in the furrows of Bones, for the tranfmiflion of Blood-vef- fels into their fubftance. Near the middle of moft of the Bones, especially the long ones, there is a Slanting Canal for the paffage of the principal Medullary Veffels. Numerous Orifices are alfo obferved at the extremities of long Bones, ferving, fome of them, for the tranfmiflion of Blood- veffels, and others giving attachment to the Fibres of the Li- gaments of the Joints. The principal Veffels pafs into the Cancelli, internal Mem- branes, and Marrow, and return to the Subftance of the Bone, where they meet thofe fent inwards from the Periofteum. In fome flat Bones, as thofe of the Cranium, the Bones are entirely fupplied by the Veffels of the furrounding Membranes, and the Vafcularity there is uniform. Bones, like other parts, have their Lymphatics, as appears by the abforption of madder found depofited in the Subftance of the Bones of Animals which receive it with their food ;—by the abforption of part of the Bone itfelf, when in the difealed State, andeven by injeaion. The Nerves of the Bones are fmall, but may be obferved in certain parts of the Bones, and, it is prefumed, exift in all. From the minutenefs df the Nerves, Bones are not Jenftble in the found ftate; and even in the difeafed, the pain felt, may be owing< to the Membranes within them. The general ufe of Bones is,-*to furniSh attachment to Muf- cles, and to protea and fupport the Bowels. Periosteum. The Periofteum derives its name from its furnishing a general •overing to the.Bones. P23 Ih certain parts, however, it is perforated by Mufcles,. Li- gaments, or Cartilages, which are fixed immediately to the.fur- face of the Bones ; and at the Joints it feparates from the Bones to give a covering to the Capfular Ligaments. It is formed of many Fibres, which, in certain parts, can be divided into Layers. • The outer Surface of this Membrane is conneaed to the fuir- rounding parts by Cellular Subftance. The inner Surface is more uniform than the outer* and its Fibres run, moft frequently,, in the fame direaion with thole ef the fubjacent Bones. The inner part of the Periofteum is conneaed to the furface of the Bones by Blood-veffels and Ligamentous Fibres ;. and this eonneaion is much Stronger in the Child than in the Adult. The Periofteum, as well as other Membranes, muft be fup- plied with Nerves ;—but thefe are too minute to be readily traced. The fenfibility of the Periofteum, like that of other Mem- branes, is by no means acute, though found to poffefs a certain I degree of it. | The principal ufes of this Membrane are,—To tranfmit the ■ Veffels which are fpread out upon its furface into the Subftance V of the Bones ;—to give attachment to Mufcles ;—-to prevent the F effeas of friaion between them and the Bones ;—to affift in binding the latter together, &c. Membrana Medullaris, [ Improperly called Periosteum Internum. i It is divided into numberlefs fmall parts which line the inner- fide of the Bones and all the Cancelli, and affords a large fur- \ face for the difperfion of the Secretory Veffels of the Marrow, which it incloSes.. Marrow. . The Marrow may be confidered as an appendage of the ge>- Reral Corpus Adipofum, and is depofited in the Cavities of the Bones, while nature is fupplying fat to the reft of the Body. Like the Fat, when viewed in a microlcope, it refembles a clufter of Pearls ;—or it is contained in Spherical facs upon which Veffels are minutely d.fperfed, but from which no Excretory Ducts have yet been difcovered. , It poffeffes little fenfibility ; and what it does poffefs is confi. ' dered by the lateft Authors, as belonging rather to its Mem- branes than to the Mai row itfclf. Cahtilaces. Cartilages are of a white colour and elaftic Subftance,. and much foj'ter than Bones, in conlequence of the fmaller quanti- ty of Earth entering into their composition. 124 Their Structure is not fo evidently fibrous as that of Bona, y*t by long maceration, or by tearing them afunder, a fibrous difpofition is perceptible. Their Veffels are extremely fmall, though they can be readily injtatd in Cartilages where Bone is beginning to form. The Veffels of the Cartilages of the Joints, however, Seem entirely to exclude ihe rtd blood ; no Anatomift having yet been able to injea them. They have no Cancelli, nor internal Mem- branes, for lodging Marrow : no Nerves can be traced to them; nor do they poffefs any fenfibility in the found ftate. Upon their Surface, there is a thin Membrane termed Peri- chondrium, which tn Cartilage* fupplying the place of Bona, as in thefe of the Rtbs, w at xM ends ©f the long Bones in Chll* dren, is A continuation of the Periofteum, and Serves the fame general purpofes to CaitiUge as this dees to Bone. Upon the furface of Articular Cartilages* the Perichondrium is a refleSion of the inner furface of the Capfular Ligament, and is fo very thin, and adheres fo clofely, as to appear like part of the Cartilage itfelf. One Set of Cartilages fupply the place of Bone ;■—or by their flexibility, admit of a certain degree of motion, while their e- lafticrty recovers their natural pofition,—as in the Nafe, LarynX, Cartilages of the Ribs, &c. Another fet, in Children, fupply the place of Bone, until Bone can be formed, and afford a Nidus for the Offeous Fibres to Shoot in ;—as in the long Bones of Children. A third Set, and that the moft extenfive, by the fmoothnefs and Pipperinefs of their furface, allow the Bones to move readily^ without any abrafion ;—as in the Cartilages of the Joints. "A fourth fet fupply the office both of Cartilage and Ligament, giving the elasticity of the former and flexibility of the latter;— as in the Bones of the Spine and Pelvis. Or the Formation or Bone. The generality of Bones, and particularly the long ones, art originally formed in Cartilage; feme, as thofe of the Skull, are formed between Membranes; and the Teeth in diftina bags. When offification is about to begin in a particular part cf a Cartilage,—moft frequently in the Centre,—the Artenes, which were formerly tranfparent, become dilated, and receive the red blood from which the Offeous matter is Secreted. This matter retains, for fome time, the form of the Veffels which give it ori- gin, till more Arteries, being by degrees dilated, and more Offe- ous matter depofited, the Bone at length attains its complete form. During the progrefs of Offification, the furrounding Cartilage by degrees difappears, not by being changed into Bone, but by 125 an abforption of its parts, the new-formed Bone occupying its place. The Offification of broad Bones,, as thofe of the Head, begins by one or more points, from which the Offeous Fibres iffue in rays. The Offification of long Bones, as in thofe of the Extremi- ties, begins by central Rings, from which the Fibres extend to- wards the ends of the Bones. The Offification of Spherical-fbaped Bones begins by one Nu- tleus, as in the Wrift; and that of irregular Jhaped Bones by different Nuclei, as in the Vertebra. !') Some Bones are completely formed at the time of birth, as the fmall Bones of the Ear. [ The generality of Bones are incomplete until the age of pti- berty,- or between the fifteenth and twentieth year, and in fome • few instances not until a later period. In Children, the greater number of parts in Bones< are Epi- phyfis or Appendices, which,, in Adults, become Proeeffes. » The Epiphyfis begin to appear after the Body of the Bone is 1 oflified, and are themfelves offified at feven or eight years of age, though their external Surface-is Still fomewhat Cartilaginous. In the early period,of life, the body and ends of long Bones make three diftinft parts, which can readily be Separated by boil- ing, or by maceration in water. The Epiphyfes are joined to the body of the Bone by Cartila- ges, which are thick in Children, bur gradually become thinner as Offification advances, till at laft, in the Adult, the external marks of divifion .are not to be feen; though frequently Tome mark of dillinaion may be obferved in the Cancelli. Vol. I. La DIFFERENT KINDS OF STNARTHROSIS, Or Conneaion without in-< terrpediate Subftance. CONNECTIONS OF THE BONES. Suture, * The Bones of the Cranium, and greater part of Like a Seam. I thofe of the Upper Jaw with each other. Like a Naif fta'board. { The T«th '» the Alveoli. J Bones of the Septum Nariura to each other. SYMPHYSIS, Or Conneaion by interme- * diate Subftance. Schindelyfis, Or Furrowing. Synchondrofis, Or Conneaion by Cartilage •i The Bodies of the Vertebrae to each other i The Ribs to the Sternum : The Offa Innominata to the Os Sacrum, or to each other. Syndejmofis, \ Tiie.Lower J»w and Os Hyoides to the Head: The Or Conneaion by Ligament. -{ **",'°the SP'ne: The p«*effesof tfceVertebra? £ andalfo the Bones of the Extremities toeachother DIFFERENT KlftDS OF MOTION. ARTHRODIA • r Where the flat ends of Bones I Betw«n Jeu C'avicle and S"Pula- The|?n« «".the J «!"d ,row £fKthe Cf " are oppofed to each other j Pus-. The _CarPus. and Metacarpus^ The Tib.a and Fibula. The greater with little motion. L number of Bones in the Tarfus. The Tarfus and Metatarfus. |T Angular. C The Lower Jaw and Head. The Joint of the Elbow. I One Bone in moving J The firft and fecond Joints of the Thumb, and fe- forming an angle J cond and third of the Fingers. The Joint of the with another. *- Knee. Ankle. The two laft Joints of the Toes. vine each other ; and the-el r „t. „, r:„~i** 5 Between the firft Vertebra, and Proceffus Dentatus of . 5 ___V. ...- ./• l Lateral or Circular. < ... /v.. «...____.u. d-j:... „„j iti_- GWGLtMUS. The Bones mutually recei Ligaments admitting of a hinge-like motion I I the fecond. Between the Radius and Ulna. {Between the Occipital Bone and Atlas. Between the different Vertebrae. And between the Ribs and Ver- tebrx. ENARTHROSIS, Or Ball and Socket, the Li- gaments allowing motion in all direaions. Inner end of the Clavicle. Head of the Os Humeri. Between the Fore-Arm and Wrift, and between the two rows of Carpal Bones. At the root of the Metacarpal Bone of the Thumb, and root of the firft Phalanx of the Fin- gers. At the Head of the Thigh-Borte. Between the Aftragalus and Os Naviculare, at the root of the-fifft Phalanx of the Toes. 12S" or thi LIGAMENTS AND OTHER PARTS OF THE JOINTS Ligaments are white, ftrong, flexible bodies, of an inter- mediate firmnefs between Cartilage and common Membrane. They are eompofed of Fibres vanoufly difpofed ; the greater part of them, however, running in a longitudinal direction. The L'gament« of moveable Joints arife, for the moft part, from the Cervix, and beyond the edges of the articulating Car- tilage of one Bone, and are fixed, in a fimilar manner, into the correfponding parts of the other. The Ligaments thus fixed are called Capfular, from their form- iag zpurfe or bag, which includes the Joint. Where variety of motion is allowed, the Capfular Ligament is nearly of equal Strength round the whole circumference of the Joint; but, where the Joint is of the nature of a hinge, the Liga- ment is Strongest at the fides of that hinge. The outer part of the Capfular Ligament is formed of a Conti- nuation of the Periofteum, which is conneaed to the furrounding parts by Cellular Subftance; while the inner Layer ,-^remarkably thin and denfe,—is refleaed over the Bones and Cartilages which the Ligament includes ; one part of it thus forming Periofteum, »nd the other Perichondrium. In certain parts of the Body there are, befides the Capfular Ligaments, others for the firmer conneaion^of the Bones, or for confining the motion to one particular fide; as the round Liga- ment of the Thigh, or Crucial or Lateral Ligaments of the Knee. Wherever the Ligaments are few, long, and weak, the moti- ons will be more extenfive ; and» on the contrary, where the Li- gaments are numerous, 4hort, and Strong, the motions-will be more limited. In fome parts of the Body, Ligaments fupply the place of Bones, as in the Pelvis: In others, they give origin to mufcles, as between the Radius and Ulna: In fome parte they affift in 129 conneaing immoveable Bones ; as the Os Sacrum and Os Inno- minatum : In others, they forma Socket in which moveable Bones play, as where part of the Aftragalus moves on the Liga- ment Stretched between the Os Calcis and Os Scaphoides. Ligaments have numerous Blood Veffels which can be readily injeaed. Upon the inner fide of the Capfular Ligaments, their arteries ■acme a liquor which aflifts in the lubrication of the Joints. The Nerves of Ligaments are Small, though, in fome parts, they can beeafily traced upon their Surface. The Senfibility of Ligaments, in the found ftate, is inconsidera- ble ; when in a ftate of inflammation, however* they ate found to •tcafion extreme pain. Ufe of Ligaments. The Capfular Ligaments connea Bones together, affift in the fecretion of the Synovia, which they contain, and prevent the other parts from being pinched in the Joint. The other Ligaments join Bones together, and preferve them in their proper fituation. In many parts, they give attachment to Tendons, and in fome to the FleShy parts of Mufcles. Mucoui Substances, Commonly called Glands of the Joints. Thefe are Maffet of Fat found in moft of the Joints, covered with a continuation of the inner Layer of the Capfular Liga- ment, and projeaing in Such a manner as to be gently prerred, but not bruifed, by the motion of the Joint; and, in proportion as this motion is more or lefs frequent, the liquor which they fecrete is discharged in a greater or Smaller quantity. In fome Joints, they have the Same appearance with Fat h» other parts of the Body; in others, they are of a redder colour, from the great number of Blood veffels difperled upon them. They have been commonly considered as Glands lodged within maffes of Fat; but, upon a minute infptaion, no knotty or Glandular bodies are to be found in them, nor have they the ap- pearance of Glands, farther than in being Secreting Subftances ; which circumstance alone aflimilates them to the nature of Glands. From the edges of thefe Fatty bodies, Fimbria hang loofe, and convey a lubricating liquor, called Synovia, into the cavity of the Joints. From the extremities of thefe fringes, the liquor can be readily fqueezed out by preffure; but their cavities and orifices are fo minute, or are otherwise of Such a nature as to have hitherto elud d difcovery. The Fimbria? have been generally confidered as Excretory Duns of Glands within the Joints. Dr Monro, however, in his- ISO Work upon the Burfae Mucofse, foppofes them to be of the n«> ture of the Follicles of the Urethra, which prepare a Mucilaginous Liquor, without the afliftance of any knotty or Glandular Organ. J 3 The Arteries which fupply thefe bodies with blood for their fecretions, and the Veins which return the blood after the fecre- tion, can be readily feen ; but no Nerves- can be traced into them ; nor does it appear that they poffefs a higher degree of fenfibility than the other parts ot the Joints already described ; although, when they inflame and fuppurate, they have in fome instances been obferved to occafion the molt excruciating pain. The Synovia, which is a thin Mucilaginous liquor, refem. bling the glair of an egg, appears to be furniflied, not only by the Substances already mentioned, but alfo by the inner Surface of the Capfular Ligament in general, and Serves for the lubri- cation of the Joints. Ligaments of the Lower Jaw. The Capfular Ligament, which arifes from the whole margin of the Articular Cavity ot the Temporal Bone, and is inferted, firft, into the edge of the Interarticular Cartilage, and after- wards round the cervix of the Lower Jaw. This Ligament, like others which belong to Joints of the hinge kind, is thicker* and ftrongeft at the Sides of the Joint, to confine the lateral moti- on of the Jaw. By it the Jaw is allowed to move upwards, downwards, or a little forwards or backwards, or to a fide, and the motions are rendered eafier by the intervention of the Interarticular Carti- lage, which follows the Condyle in its different motions. The Sufpenfory Ligament of the Stylo-gloffus Mufcle, which is attached by one end to the Styloid Procels, and to a Ligament running from that Procefs to the Os Hyoides ; andby thai other and to the angle of the Lower Jaw, ferving to fupport the Stylo- gloffws Mufcle, and give oiigin to part of it. The Lateral. Ligament, which arifes from the marginiof the Articular Cavity of the Temporal Bone, and is inferted into the inner Surface of.the angle of the Lower Jaw, near its pofte- rior Foramen ;—affifting to keep the Jaw in Situ, and to prtvtr.t the inferior Maxillary Veffels and Nerves from being injured by the aaion of the Pterygoid Mufcle. Licaments Connefling the Heap with the firft and Second Verte- bra of the Neck, and theft Two Vertebr* with eatb other. The two Capfular Ligaments, which arife from near the margin of the fuperior articulating Proeeffes of the Atlas, and are in- ferted into the Bafe of the Condyles of the Occipital Bone, where the Head has its flexion and extenfion without rotatiot.. 131 The Circular Ligament, which arifes from the edge of the Spinal hole of the firft Virtebra, is connected with the Capfular Liganunt of thiSuperior Articulating Proeeffes of the Atlas, and is infl-ited into the edge of the Foramen Magnum of the Occipital Bone. ' The two Capfular Ligaments which fix the inferior oblique Proeeffes of the Atlas, to the fuperior oblique of the Vertebra Dentata, and admit of the rotation of the Head, with a fmall de- gree of motion to either fide. • The perpendicular Ligament, which fixes the Proceffus Den- tatus of the. fecond Vertebra to the edge of the anterior part of the Foramen Magnum, between the Condyles. The tivo Lateral, or Moderator Ligaments, which arife each from the fide of the Proeeffes Dentatus, and run outwards and upwards to be fixed to the inner part of the fide of the Atlas, and to the inner edge of the Foramen Magnum ; they are Short, but of great Strength, and they prevent the Head from turning tpo far round. The Tranfverfe Ligament, which arifes from the inner fide of > the Atlas, and, going acrofs, behind the Proceffus Dentatus, is fixed to the oppofite fide. (The edges of this Ligament extend upwards and down- wards, and form two Proeeffes, called its Appendices, which are fixed to the Foramen Magnum and Proceffus Dentatus. The middle of the Ligament is remarkably firm where that Procefs plays upon it. It keeps the Proceffus Dentatus in its place, and prevents it from injuring the Spinal Marrow in the different motions of the Head. Ligaments of the Other Vertebra. The Anterior Common Ligament of the Vertebra;, which is. a Strong Tendinous Band, embracing the convex or fore-part of the Vertebrae, from the upper to the under region of the Spine.— It is much thicker upon the fore-part than on the fides of the Vertebrae, by which the Bones are more firmly united, and is thinner in the Neck and Loins, where the motions of the Spine are greateft, than it is on the Back. Through its whole courfe, it fends off Small Proeeffes to be fixed to the bodies of the Verte- bra?, by which their conneaion is made more fecure. It prevents the Spine from being Stretched too much backwards. The Capfular Ligaments, which join the articulating Proeef- fes to each other. The Crucial Intervertebral Ligaments, which join the bodies of the Vertebras together, upon the outer edges of the interverte- bral Subftances, to which alfo they firmly adhere. The Intervertebral Subftances, /already defcribed along with the Bones) which join the bodies or the Vertebra: together, and. allow an yielding motion in all direaions. 132 Thefe Subftances are fo compreffible as to yield to the weight of the upper part of the Body ; So that, after having been in the erea pofture through the courfe of the day, the height of a per. Son is diminished in the evening, but, after a night's reft in the ufual attitude, it is found to be re Stored. The Ligaments which run from the edge of the Spinal hole of one Vertebra to that of the next, fo as to affift in Silling up the interftiees, and in fixing the Vertebra; together. A Ligamentus Cord which fixes the point of the Spinous Pro- eeffes together. Ligaments between the Tranfverfe Proeeffes of the Vertebra •f the back, fixing thefe Proeeffes to each other. The Pofterior or Internal Common Ligament of the Vertebra?, fomewhat fimilar to the anterior one. It begins at the anterior edge of the Foramen Magnum, and after paffing along the inner or concave part of the bodies of the Vertebrae and adhering firmly to their upper and under edges, terminates at the lower part of the Os Sacrum.—It prevents the Spine from being too much bent forwards-. Ligaments of the Ribs. The Capfular Ligaments oj the Heads of the Ribs, which arife from thefe Heads, and are fixed to the circumference of the Pits in the fides of the bodies of the Vertebra; and Intervertebral Car tilages;—the outer part of each Ligament fending off, or being conneaed with radiated fibres which are fpread out upon the fides of the Vertebrae. The Capfular Ligaments of the Tubercles of the Ribs, which arife round the Articular Pits on the points of the Tranfverfe Proeeffes of the Vertebra; of the back, and are fixed round the Tubercles of the Ribs. The Internal Ligaments of the Balk of the Ribs, called Liga- menta Tranfverfaria Interna, which arife from the inferior Sur- face of the Tianfverfe Proeeffes, and are fixed to the fuperior margin of the Neck of the nearer) Ribs. The External Ligaments of the Neck of the Ribs, called Liga- menta Tranfverfaria Externa. They arife from the point of all the Tranfverfe Proeeffes externally, and are fixed to the back part of the Neck of the Ribs. Ligamenta Cervices Coftarum Externa, or External Ligaments of the Neck of the Ribs, which ariSe from the external margin of the inferior oblique Proeeffes, and defcend obliquely outwards, to be fixed to the upper and outer part of the Neck of all the Ribs, The Ligaments at this end of the Ribs, together with thefitu- alioB of the Traafrerfc ProceSfes, admit of their motion upwards rw and downwards, but prevent them troin moving in any othetf direa.on. Short Ligamentous Fibres, which run fro.n the margin of the anterior extremity of the Ribs to the margin of their correfpond-> in? Cartilages ; the Cartilage and Rib being joined by an union of Subftance. Radiated Ligaments, which go from the anterior Surface of the Capfular Ligaments upon the external Surface of the Ster* num. Many of the fibres of thefe Ligaments intermixing with their fellows on the oppofite fide. The Capfular Ligaments of the Cartilages of the Ribs, which arife from the margin of the Articular Cavities of the Sternum, and are fixed round the extremities of the feven true Ribs. Membrane proper to the Sturnum. This is a firm expanfion compofed of Tendinous Fibres running in different direaions, but chiefly in a longitudinal one, and covering the anterior and pofterior Surfaces of the Bone, being confounded with the Pe- riofteum. Ligaments of the Cartilago Enfiformis. They are part of the proper Membrane of the Sternum, divided into ftrong bands which run obliquely from the under and fore-part of the fecond Bone of the Sternum, and from the Cartilages of the Seventh pair of Ribs, to be fixed to the Cartilago En'formis.—The Ligaments covering the Sternum, Serve confiderably to Strength- en that Bone. Thin Tendinous Expanfions, which run over the Intercoftal Mufcles at the f.ire-part of the Thorax, and connea the Carti- lages of the Ribs to each other ---«*»oooooooocoooooo«a»"---- LIGAMENTS OF THE BOXES OF TIIE PELVIS. The two Tranfverfe Ligaments of the Pelvis, which arife from the-pofterior part of the Spine of the Os Ilium, and run tranf- yerfely. The fuperior is fixed to the Tranfverfe Piocefs of the Vol. I. M 13 I M Vertebra cf the Loins; the inferior to the firft Tranfveife Procefs ot the Os Sacrum. The Ilea Sacral Ligaments, which arife from the pofterior Spinous Procefs of the Os II urn, defcend obliquely, and are fixed to the firft, thiid, and fourth Spurious Tranfvcri'e Proeef- fes of the Os Sacrum. Thefe, with the two Tranfverfe Ligaments, affift in binding the Bones together, to which they are conneaed. The Capfular Ligament of the Symphyfis of the Os Ilium and Sacrum, which furrounds the Joint, and aflifts in connecting the two Bones to each other. A very thin Cartilage within this Joint, which cements the two Bones Strongly together, and which conltantly adheres to the Os Sacrum, when the Joint is opened. The back-part.of the Joint, formed of a Ligamentous and Cel- lular Subftance, containing Mucus, which affo alftlls in fixing K the two Bones to each other, in fuch a manner as to allow no motion. The Joint, however, along with its fellow, and that between the Offa Pubis, are ufeful in diminiSliingthe tfftcls which might refult from concuflion. The two Sacro-Ifchiatic Ligaments fituated in the under and back part of the Pelvis. They arife in common from the Tranf- verfe Proeeffes of the Os Sacrum, and likewife from the under and lateral part of that Bone, and from the upper part tf the Os Coccygis. The firft, called the Large, External, or Pofterior, defcends obliquely, to be fixed to the tuberofity of the Os Ischi- um. The other, called the Small, Internal or Anterior, runs tranfvei fely to be fixed to the Spinous 1'roc^fs of the Os Ifchium. Thefe two Ligaments affift in binding the Bones ot the Pel* is, in fupporting its contents, and in giving or.gin to part of its Mufcles. There are tivo Membranous Produnions which are connected with the large Sacro-Ifchiatic Ligament, termed by Wkit- BkECHT, its Superior and Inferior Appendices. The Superior Appendix, which is Tendinous, arifes from the back part of the Spine of the Os Ilium, and is fixed along the outer edge of the Ligament, which it incceafes in breadth. The Inferior, or Falciform Appendix, Situated within the cavi- ty of the Pelvis, the back-part of which is conneaed with the middle of the Large External Ligament, and the reft of it is ex- tended round the Curvature of the Os Ifchium. Thefe two produaions affift the large Sacro-Ifchiatic Liga- ment in furnishing a more commodious fituation for, and infer- fertion of part of the Gluteous Maximus and Obturator Inter- nus Mufcles. Befides the Ileo-Sacro, and Sacro Ifchiatic Ligaments, feveral *ther Slips are obferved upon the back of the Os Sacrum, which i:35 wh ch defcend in an irregular manner, and Strengthen tiie con- neaion between that Bone and the Os Ilium. i'he large Holes upon the back pait of the Os Sacnim are alfo furr.iunde'l with various ligamentous Expanfions, projecting from one Tubercle to another, and giving origin to Mufcular Fibres, and proteaion to fmall Veffels and Nerves which crttp undtr them. A General Covering fent down from the Ligaments of tl e Os Sacrum, which fpreads over and conneas the different pieces of the Os Coccygis together, allowing considerable motion, as al- ready mentioned in the defcription of this Bone. Longitudinal Ligaments oj the Os Coccygis, which defcend from thofe upon the Dorfum of the Os Sacrum, to be fixed to the back part of .he Os Coccygis. The Ligaments of this Bone prevent it from being pulled too much forwaids by the aaion of the Coc- cygeus Mufcle, and they reftore the Bone to its natural Situation,. after the Mufcle has ceafed to aa. The Inguinal Ligament, or PoufiarPs, or Fallopius''s Ligament, which runs ttaniverfely from the anterior Superior Spinous Pro- cefs of the Os Ilium to the creft or angle of the Os Pubis. It has been formeily described as the under margin of the Tendon of the external Oblique Mufcle of the Abdomen. By Weit- brecht and fome others, it is regarded as a diftina Ligament. It contributes to the fupport of the Vifcera at the under end of the Abdomen, and furniShes a paffage to the Mufcles, Veffels, and Nerves, which go behind it from the Pelvis to the Thigh. The Capfular Ligament of the Symphyfis of the Offa Pubis, which joins the two Bones to each other externally. The Ligamentous Cartilage, which unites the two Offa Pubis fo firmly together as to admit of no motion ;:excepting in the ftate of pregnancy, when this Ligamentous Cartilage is frequent- ly found to be fo much thickened as tojpeld a little in the time of delivery. The Obturator Membrane, or Ligament of the Foramen Thy- roideum. It adheres to the margin of the Foramen Thyroideum, and fills the whole of that opening, excepting the oblique notch at its upper part, for the paffage of the Obturator Veffels and Nerve. It aflifts in fupporting the contents of the Pelvis, and ii\ fcwing origin to the Obturator Mufclei. or the SUPERIOR EXTREMITY. Connection of the Inner End of the Clavicle. Radiated Ligaments, which arife from the Surface of the inner end of the Clavicle, and are fixed round the edge of the corre- sponding Articular Cavity of the Sternum. The Capfular Ligament which lies w.thin the former. The Inter-articular Cartilage, which divides the Joini into two diftina Cavities, and accommodates the aiticulatiiig Surfaces of the Clavicle and Sternum. The Inter-clavicular Ligament, joining the Clavicles together behind the top of the Sternum, and partly formed by a continu- ation of the radiated Ligaments. The Ligamentum Rhomboideum, which arifes from the inferior rough Suiface at the anterior extremity of the Clavicle, and is fixed to the Cartilage of the firft Rib. By the Ligaments of this Joint, with the afliftance of the inter- vening C; rtilage,"the fhoulder is allowed to move in different di- reaions, as upon a center. The Ligaments whiefpjoin the pofterior extremity of the Clavi- cle to the Acromion, and luve a C.rpiular Ligament within, and Sometimes an inter-articular Cartilage. The Ligamentum Trapizoideum, which arili.s from the point of the Coracoid ProceSs, and is fixed to the under edge cf the Cla- vicle. ., A thin Ligamentous Slip which comes from the Tendon of the Subchv:an Mufcle, or from the Clavicle, and joins the Trape- zoid L g; ment. The Ligaments fixing the Clavicle to tl e Scapula are cf m-.h Strength, us to allow only a fm:;!l degree_cf _ u;-tion, and that chiefly of a rolling or twiiiing nature. .»-• ■ Ligaments prcper to r£f V a»i \a. ^ * The Proper Anterior 7'riangular~ "Li^a/ncilt^trf the Scapula, which arifes broad for;', the external-, in rtace of trie Coiacc-iJ l'JT Procefs, and becomes narrower wheic it is fixed to the posterior margin of the Acromion. This Ligament forms one continued Surface. It is thickeft, however, on each fide, and thefe thicker parts are united by a thin intermediate Ligamentous Membrane, which, when remo- ' ved, gives to the Ligament the appearance of being double.__It ■ confines the Tendon of the Suprafpinatus Mut'cle, and affifts in proteaing the upper and inner part of the Joint of the Humerus. The Pofterior Ligament of the Scapula, which is fometimes • double, and is Stretched acrofs the femilunar notch of the Scapu- la, forming that notch into one or two holes for the paflage of the fuperior pofterior Scapulary Veffels and nerves. It alio gives : rife to part of the Omo Hyoideus Mufcle. Ligaments, &c. of the Joint of the Shoulders. The Capfular Ligament, which arifes from the Cervix of the- Scapula, behind the margin of the Glenoid Cavity, and is fixed. round the Neck of the Os Humeri, loofely inclofing the Ball of r that Bone. A Fimbriated Organ within the Capfular ligament, for the "e- i cretion of the Synovia. A Sheath fent down from the fore part of the Capfular Liga- ment between the Tuberosities of the Os Humeri, which enclofes i the Tendon of the long Head of the Biceps Flexor Cubiti Mufcle. Additional Ligamentous Bands of the Capl'ular Ligament, which adhere to its anterior Suiface.—That which gives moft ftrcngth to this Joint, as well as to feveral other Joints of the Body, is the covering from the furrounding Mufcits. From the fliallownefs of the Glenoid Cavity, fronj the extent ' and loofenefs of the Capfular Ligament, and from the Structure of the other part; of the Joint, more exteniive nvnioii is allowed to the Os Humeri than to any other Bone of the Body ; as it car. - not only move freely to every fide, but poffeffes a coniiderable de- gree of motion upon its own axis. Ligament?, Sec.-of tie Joint c/iif Elbow. The Capfular Ligament, which aiik-s round the margin of the Aiticular Surface, at the lower end of the Os Humeri, and is fix- ed liboiu the edge of the Articular Surf.cc of the Ulna, and alio to the Coronaiy Ligament of the Radius. The fides cf the Elb w- Joint are Strengthened by two Liga- I mentous Bands, which adhere fo firmly to the Capfular Ligament, that they appear to be p.it of its Subftance, viz. The Brachio cubital or Internal Lateral l.igawnt, which ari- fes from the fore-part of the inner Condyle ot the Os Humeri, and fpreads out, in a radiated mann-.r, to be SixeJ to the iniid- of the Coronoid Procela of the Ulna, and Vol. I. Ma t r.1 The Brachio-Radial, or External Lateral Ligament, which is like th former, but larger. It arifes from the external Con- dyle of the Os Humeri, and lpreads out upon the Coronary Liga- ment, to which it is inferted. The Coronary, Annular, or Orbicular Ligament of the Radius, which arifes from one lide of the Small Semilunar Cavity of the Ulna, and after furrounding the neck of the Radius, is fixed to the other fide of that Cavity. The upper edge of it is incorpo- rated w.th, and may be confidered as a part of the Capfular Liga. ment, while its under edge is fixed round the neck of the Radius, allowing that Bone to move freely lound its own axis, upon the Articular Surface of the Os Humeri, and in the Small Semilunar Cavity of the Ulna. Befldes the Ligaments already defcribed, there are others which run in various direaions upon the fore and back parts of the Joint, contributing to its Strength, and having the names of Anterior and Pofterior Acceffary Ligaments. The Ligaments and Bones of the Joint of the Elbow form a complete hinge, which allows the fore-arm to have free flexion and extenfion upon the Os Humeri, but no rotation when the Arm is in the extended ftate, though a fmall degree of it is percepti- ble when the Joint is moderately bent, and the Ligaments there- by relaxed. Within the Capfular Ligament, and chiefly in the upper part of the pits of the Os Humeri, in which the Olecranon and Coro- noid Pi ocefs of the Ulna play, the Fatty Subftance is lodged for the lubrication of the Joint. Ligaments between the bodies and Under Ends of the Radius aid Ulna. The Interoffeous Ligament, which extends between the Sharp ridges of the Radius and Ulna, filling up the greater part of the fpace between theSe two Bones, and compofed of fmall Fafciculi, or Fibrous flips, which run obliquely downwards and inwards. Two or three of thefe, however, go in the oppofite direaion ; and one of them, termed Oblique Ligament, and Chorda Tranfverfa- lis Cubiti, is Stretched between the Tubercle of the Ulna and un- der part of the Tubercle of the Radius.—In different parts of the Ligament there are perforations for the paffage of Blood- vef- lels from the fore to the back-part of the Bone, and a large open- ing is found at the upper part of it, which is filled up by Muf- cles. It prevents the Radius from rolling too much outwards, and furnishes a commodious attachment for Mufcles. The Capfular, or Sacciform Ligament, which arifes from the edges of the Glenoid Cavity of the under end of the Radius, and furrounds the head of the Ulna, allowing the Radius to turn up- on the Ulna in performing the different motions of pronation and fupination of the Hand, 139 Ligaments, &c. between the Fori-Arm and Wrist. The Capfular Ligament, which arifes f.om the margin of the extremity of the Radius, and from the edge of the moveable Cartilage at the head of the Ulna, and is fixed to the Cartilagi- nous edges of the three firft Bones of the Caipus. The Inter-articular Cartilage placed between the head of the Ulna and Os Cuneiforme, and which is a continuation of the Car- tilage covering the end of the Radius. The Two Lateral Ligaments which arife from the Styleid Pro- cefs of the Radius and Ulna, and are fixed to the Bones of the Carpus neareft them. The Ligaments of this Joint allow extenfive motion forwards and backwards, and a considerable degree of it to either fide. The Mucous Ligament which lies within the Joint. It extends from the groove between the two ftrlt Bones of the Carpus, to the correfponding part of the Radius, and is fuppofed to regu- late the Mucous Organ connected with it. Ligaments of the Carpus. The Anterior, Annular, or Tranfverfe Ligament, which is Stretched acrofs from the projeaing points of the Piriform and Unciform Bones, to the Os Scaphoides and Trapezium, and forms an arch which covers and preferves in their places the Tendons of the Fhxor MuScIes of the Fingers. The Capfular Ligament which arifes from the Cartilaginous edges of the upper row, and is fixed in a fimilar manner to thofe of the under row of the Carpus, admitting chiefly of flexion and extenfion, and that in a fmaller degree than in the former Joint. The Jhort Ligaments of the Bones of the Caipus, which are Jmall Ligamentous Slips running in various direaions, joining the different Bones of the Carpus,—firft of the fame Row, then of the two Rows together. They are termed Oblique, Tranf- verfe, Capfular, and Proper Ligaments of the Bones of the Wrift, and admit only of a fmall degree of yielding between the d;fferent Bones in the fame Row. Ligaments between the Carpal and Metacarpal Bones. The Articular Ligaments which arife from the margins of the fecond row of the Carpal Bones, and are fixed to the margins of the bafes of thofe of the Metacarpus. Other Ligaments run in a radiated manner from the Carpal to the Metacarpal Bones ; the whole getting the names of Articular, Lateral, Straight, Per- pendicular, &c. according to their different direaions. From the flatnefs of the articular Suifaces, and Strength of the conneaing Ligaments, very little motion is allowed between the Carpus and Metacarpus. Ligaments between the Extremities of the Metacarpal Bones. The Interoffeous Ligaments at the Bafes of the Metacarpal Bole'. They are Short flips, which run tranfyerfely, and ,o,n I 10 thefe Bones to each other, obtaining the names ot Dorfal, Late- ral, or Palmar, accord ng to their different Situations. The Interoffeous / igaments at the Heads of the Metacarpal Bones, which run tranfverfely in the Palm, and connea the heads of thefe Bones to each other. Ligaments at the Bafe of the Metacarpal Bone of tbe Thumb, and of the Firft Joint of the Fingers. Thefe coniift of the Capfular Ligaments which inclofe the Joints, and the Lateral Ligaments which are Situated at the fides of the former, adhering to and Strengthening them ; the whole admitting of flexion, extenfion and lateral motion. Ligaments cf the Firft and Second Joints of the Thumb, and Second and Third Joints of the Fingers. The Capfular Ligaments inclofing the Joints. The Lateral Ligaments placed at the fides of the Joints, and' adhering to the Capfular L'gaments, confining the motion to flex.on and extenfion. Ligaments reta'irAng the Tendons of the Muscle* of the Hand and Fingers in fitu. The Anterior, Tranfverfe, or Annular Ligament of the Wiift, — .'ready defcribed. The Vaginal Ligaments of the Flexor Tendons, which are fine Membranous Webs connecting the Tendons of the Subli- mis, fiift to each other, then to thofe of the Profundus, and forming at the fame time, Burfa? Mucpfx which furround the Tendcns. The Vaginal, or Crucial Ligaments of the Phalanges, which arife frcm the ridges on the concave lide of the Phalanges, and run over the Tendons of the Flexor Mufcles of the Fingers. Upon the body of the Phalanges, they a; e thick and ftrong, to bind down the Tendons; but over the Joints they are thin, and have, in fome parts, a Crucial appearance, to allow the ready motion of the Joints. The Acceffory Ligaments of the Flexor Tendons 'f the Fingers. which are fmall Tendinous Frosna, ariiing frcm the fiift and fe- cond Phalanges of the Fingers. They run obliquely forwards within the Vaginal Ligaments, terminate in the Tendons of the two Flexor Mufcles of the Fingers, and affift in keeping them n their places, The External Tranfve-fe liranients of the Wrift, which is pait of the Aponeurosis of the Foie-Arm, extending aciof, the back of the Wrift, from the extiemity of th- Ulna and Os Pili- forme to the extremity of the Radius. It is connected with the fmall Annular L-g-ments which tie down the Tendons of ihe Extenlbre. Ofiis Metacarpi et primi Internodii Pollicis, and the Extenfor Carpi Ulnaris. Ml The Vaginal Ligaments which adhere to the former Ligaments', and feive as Sheaths and Burfas Mucofae to the Extenfor Tendons of the Hand anil Fingers. The Tranfverfe Ligaments, of the Extenfor Tendons, which are Aponeuiotic flips running between the Tendons, near the heads of the Metacarpal Bones, and relating them in their pia.- it. —■—i»OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOC'i, - 1% M.-reurial injections - 28 Morbid parts, how preferved n Parotid gjands, injected - 29 Penis, how injected . 212 Placenta'injected, - 20 S'odatheca - a< Preparations how made - n , of the vifcera - ib. , morbid parts - '.b. ------macerate i - iz ------ ;' bones - H>. ------>A iih coarfe injection 13 ------with minute - 14 quickfilver - 28 -orroded . ro Qtiickillver Tray - a Tcfticle, ho\y injected - 23 Uterus injected with 1 fine injection J a° Vena portae, its fyltem > injeded J ' 23 Vifcera, how preferved - n > how prepared - H, Vol. I. N 2 INDEX TO.FYFE*S ANATOMY VOLUME FIRST. page. Abdomin: Mufcles Situated on the anterior and lateral part of it, 71 Abdomen, mufcles within its cavity, Abduaor inJicis manus, Abduaor or prior indicis pedis, Abduaor or prior medii digiti pedis, Abduaor minimi digiti manuc, 98 Abduaor minimi digiti pedis, 112 Abduaor pollicis manus, - 98 Abduaor pollicis pedis, - 112 Abduaor or prior t.rtii digiti pedis, Accelerator urinae, Addudor Femoris Triceps, comprehending three diftina Mufcles, viz. Addudor longus, "i Adduaor brevis >femoris 101.102 Adduaormagnus, 3 Adduaor or pofterior indicis pedis, - - 113 Adduaor or pofterior medii di- giti pedis, - - 114 77 98 113 ib. 113 74 P'V- Adduaorminimi digiti manus, 9S Adduaor or prior minimi digiti pedis, - - 1 r ^ Addudor pollicis m:uius - o^ Adduaor pollicis pedis - 11 j Adduaor or pofterior tertii di- giti pedis, - - - 114 Anconeus, - - - i)i Anterior auris, - 60 Anus, mufclei of the - 75 76 Aponeurofis temporalis, - 6j Aponeurosis of the fuperior ex- tremity, - - 91 Aponeurofis of the inferior ex- tremity, - - 100 Aponeurofis plantarjs, - 110 Aryteno-epiglottidrus, - 71 Arytenoideus obliquus, - i;>. Arytenoideus tranfverfus, - ib. Aftragalus, - 51 Attollens aurem, - 60 Auris retrahentcs, - - ib. Azygos uvulae, - 69 B Biceps flexor cubiti, - 91 Biceps flexor cruris, - 106 Biventer maxillae inferioris, 66 Bones in general, the parts of them to' be attended to, - x Bones of the cranium, - 2 Bones of the face, - - 13 Bones of the trunk, - - zi Bones of the fuperior extremity 34 Bones of the inferior extremity, 46 INDEX. page. Bones, ftrt»aure of - - Bone, the formation of Bones, different kinds of con- neaion of Bones, different kinds of mo- tion of - - Brachialis internus, 121 123 126 129 92 Buccinator, burfae mucofae, defcription of the . ' . Burfae mucofae of the fuperior extremity, Burfae mucofae of the inferior extremity, page. 6a 117 119 Cilcis, OS Crptitatum, or mugnum, os Capitis reaus anterior major, Capitis reaus anterior minor, Capitis redus lateralis Capitis reaus pofticus minor, Capitis reaus pofticus major, Capitis obliquus inferior, Capitis obliquus fuperior, Carpal bones, Cartilages, Cervicalis defcendens, Circumflexus palati, Clavicle, Clitoridis ereaor, Coccygeus, Coccygis, os Colli longus, Colli femifpinalis, Colli tranfverfalis, Colli interfpinales, 51 Colli intertranfverfales, 88 42 Complexus, »5 81 CompreSTor naris, 61 82 Conftriaor ifthmi faucium, - 68 ib. Conftriaor pharyngis inferior, 69 87 Conftriaor pharyngis medius, ib. ib. Ccnftriaor pharyngis fuperior, 70 ib. Coraco-brachialis, 9° ib. Corrugator fupercilii, 59 40 Cranium, bones of the 2 123 Cranium, mufcles of the inte- 84 guments of the 5» 68 Cremafter, 74 35 Crico-arytenoideus lateralis, ■ 7» 76 Crico-aryten«idus pofticus, - ib. ib. Crico-tbyoideus, 67 26 Cruralis, 105 81 Cuboides, os 52 86 Cucullaris, 82 87 Cuneiforme, os 41 88 Cuneiformia, ofla 53 Deltoides, - - 1 DepreSTor anguli oris, Depreflbr labii inferioris, DepreSTor labii fuperioris alae- que nafi, Diaphragma, Diaphragma, fuperior mufcle of the 90 Diaphragma, inferior mufcle 62 01'the - 77 61 Dorfi interfpinales, - 88 Dorfi intertranfverfales, - ib. ib. Dorfi latirfimus, - 82 77 Dorfi longiffimus, - 85 Dorfi ftmilpinalis, - 86 ib. Ear, mufcles of the external 60 Ejaculatorfeminis, - 74 Erector clitortidis, - 76 Ereaor penis, - - 74 Extenfor brevis digitorum pedis, 109 Extenfor carpi radialis brevior, 94 'i I INDEX. ?'■?■• ■ psgt. Exerfor carpi radialis longior, 94 Extenfor primi internodii, 97 Extenfor carpi ulnaris, - ib. Extenfor proprius pollicis pedi?, m Extenfir digitorum communis, 95 Extenforfecundi internodii pol- Extenforlongusdigitorum pedis, 109 licis manus, - 07 Extenfor.-offis metacarpi pollicis Eye-lids, mufcles of - 58 manus, 97 Femoris, os - 46 Fibula, - 14,9 Flexor accefTorius digitorum pedis, - - in Flexor biceps cruris, - 106 Flexor brevis digitorum pedis, no Flexor brevis pollicis manus, 96 Flexor brevis pollicis pedis, in Flexor brevis minimi digiti ptiis, - - 112 F'.exor carpi radi-jlis, • -i 93 Flexor carpi ulnaris, - 93 Flexor digitorum profundus, 95 Flexor digitorum fublimis, 94 Flexor 1 ngus digitorum pedis, no Flexor longus pollicis manus, 96 Flexor longus pollicis pedis, m Flexor parvus minimi digiti manus, - -98 Foot, mufcles of the - 107 Frontalis, - - c8 Frontis, os 4 Gastrocnemius externus, Gastrocnemius icternus, Gemini, Generation, parts of j mufcles belonging to them, - 7 G enio-hy o-gloffu s, 107 ib. Genio-Hyoideus, Glottis, mufcles of the 66 70 103 Gluteus maximus, 102 Gluteus medius, 103 ^.76 Gluteus minimusj ib. 67 Gracilis, IC4 H Hand, bones of the Hand, mufcles cf the Humeri, os Humeri, os, its muScles, 40 Hyoides, os - 20 93 Hyoides, os, mufcles about the 66 37 Hyo-gloflus, - 67 - 91 I&J Taw, lower, mufcles of the Jaw, lower, mufcles between it and the Os Hyoides, Iliacus internus, Ilium, os • Indicator, Inferior extremity, bones of the Inierior extremity, mufcles of the Inferior extremity, ligaments of the - - 141 Infra-fpinatus, - 89 Innominatum, os - 27 Intercoftales externi, - 80 Intercoftales irterni, - ib. Interoffei .nanus, - 99 InteruiTei manus externi - 100 Interoffei maru, interni, - 99 Interoffei f edit • -13 IN'DE V. Juteroflei pedis extern! Li'.ernSiVi pedis interni, Vi Interofl'eus auricularis, Inteilpin.tics et intertranfver- page. 113 ib. 99 pjr. fales colli et dsrfi, - 88 Inte*fpinales et intertranfver- fales lumborum, - ib. Ifehkrvr, os - 28 Lacrymalc, or un-u:s, or .- 14 Latillimus dorfi, Levatores coftarum, Levator anguli oris, Levator ani, Levator labii inferioris, L:vator labii fuperioris alceque nafi, Levator palati, Levator palpebrae fuperioris, Ligaments and ofher parts of the joints, Ligaments of the lower jaw, Ligaments conneaing the head with the firft and fecond ver- tebrae of the neck, and thTe vertebra to each other, Ligaments of the other vertebrae, 131 Ligaments of the ribs, Ligaments of the fuperior ex- tremity, Ligament* conneaing the in- ner end of the clavicle, Ligaments proper to the fca- Pula» " . " . Ligaments of the joint or the Shoulder, Ligame.its of the joint of ihe elbow, Ligaments between the bodies and under ends of the radius ani ulna, Ligaments between the fore arm nd wiift, Ligaments of the caruus, Ligaments between the carpal and metacarpal bones, Ligaments b..c\\..-en the extre- mities of the metacarpal Bones, 80 61 76-77 62 61 68 60 128 130 132 136 ib. ib, »37 ib. 138 139 )b. 140 ib. ib. 141 ib. Li^inunts at the bafe of ihe metacarpal bone of the tiiumb, and of the firft joint of ths fingers, Ligaments of the firft and fe- cond joints of the thumb, and fecond and third of the fingers, LTgaments retaining the ten- dons of the mufcles of the hand and fingers in Jitu, - Ligaments of the inferior ex- tremity, Ligaments conneaing the os femoris with the os innomi- natum, - - Ligaments of the knee-joint, 142 Ligaments conneaing the fibu- la to the tibia, - 144 Ligaments conneaing the bones of the tarfus with thofe of the leg, - ib. Ligaments of the tarfus, and between the bones of the tarfus and metataifus, - Ligaments conneaing the me- tatarsi bones toeach other, Ligaments of the phalanges of the t^es, Ligaments and Sheaths retain- ing the tendons of the muf- cles of the foot and toes in fit u, Lingualis, Li,'s, mufcles of ch: Longub colli, Longiflimus dorfi, Lumbricales manus, Lumbricales pedis, Lunare, os 145 146 ib. 95 111 4l IN HEX. M pnge. Magnum, or capitatum, 01 - 42 Metat-rf.vl Vines, Malae, os Marr.jw, Maffa carnea Jacobii Sylvii, Maffctei, Maxilla, inferior Maxillare fuperius, os Membrana medullar^, Metacarpal bones, Metacarpal boner, peculiari- ties of the 123 111 63 18 '5 '3 l\K'- 53 Mctatarial S-jiici, ?eculiiiri;ics of the . ^ Mouth, mufcles of the - (1 Mucous fu llancci, called glands of the joint?, Multifidus f.ii.j, Mufcle* In iei.n 93 Pedis intcroflei interni, - ib. ;*. P:lvis, b>n»5 of ths 27 60 Pelvis muiUes about the ia~ 59 Peiiis ereac r. ' 74 5 Pefeians, 9:. u. 50 Perforatus, 94-*; 85 Ptrinci tranf j-fu., 7 e - 6 INDEX. page. V • riofteum cxtcrnim, - 123 Peri irteum internum, iid. memuiana medullaris, - ib. IV; >neus brevis, - 109 Peroncoi longus, - 108 Peroneus tertius, - 109 Phaiynx, mufclts fituated on th': baclc-,iart of the 69 Pharyngis conftritLir, - ib. Pififovme, os - 42 PJantaris, - - 107 Platyfma myoides, - 64 Popl'iicus, - - 106 Pofterior annularis, - 100 Pofterior indicis manus, - 60 Pofterior auris, - 60 P..fti ri ir medii digiti manus, ico Pofterior or adduaor indicis pedis, - 113 pa-re. Pofterior or adductor medii di giti pedis - 114 manus, 99.100 u f annularis, T ■n < rneoii digici, £■ *" £ indicis, J fir abduaor medii digiti, "J JJ* hi abdua r tertii digiti, / ~ rr abduaor indicis, | •.§ or adductor minimi digiti, J &, Pronator radii quadratus, - 96 Pronator radii teres, - ib. Pfoas m^gnus, - 78 Pfoas parvus, - 78 Pterygoideus externus, - 64 Pterycoideus internus, - ib. Pubis, os - 29 Pyramidales, - 74 Pyntormis, - - 103 Quadratus femoris, Quadratus genx, 104 Quadratus lumboruni, 61 73 Radialis externus longior, - 94 Radialis externus brevior, - ib. Radialis internus, - 93 Radius, 39 Rectus abdominis, - 73 Rectus capitis anterior major, 81 Reaus capitis anterior minor, 82 Reftus capitis lateralis, - ib. Reftus capitis pofticus major, Redtus rapitis pofticus minor, Reaus femoris, Retraaor anguli oris, Retrahentes uns, Rhomboideu;, Ribs, 87 ib. 105 62 60 83 31 Sacro lumbalis, Sacrum, os Salpingo-pharyngeus, Sartorius, Scalenus anticus, ..Scalenus medius, Scalenus pofticus, Scaphoides, os Scapula, Scapulae levator, Semimembranosus, 84 Seminis ejaculajor, 74 *5 Semifpinalis colli, 86 69 Semilpinalis dorfi, ib. 104 Semitendin. fus, 106 »7 Serratus msgnus, 80 88 Serratus pofticus inferior, - H ib. Serratus pofticus fuperior, 5° Sefamoidea offa, 55 ?5 Skeleton in general, 2 85 Skeleton, principal differences 106 between the male and female, 55 / NDEX. page / •r"\ Sphenoldf j, c« II Stoyln-gl nT.iS, 67 Sphinaer ani, 7S'76 Stoylo-hyiklei, ib. Sphinaer vngina?, 76 Stylo-pharyngcus, 68 Sfiins multifidt;-, 86 Subciavius, 79. Spine, 22 Su limis, 94 Spleniu*, - *3 Subfcat u!ari», 9<» . Sterno-clcido-maftoideus, - 6S Supcrcilii corrugntor, 59 - Sterr.o-coft.dh, 81 Superior extiemity, bones of 34 Sterno-hy( icit us, 65 Superior extremity, mufcles of »9 Sterno thyroidecs, ib. Superi Textrcniiiy, ligaments of n6 Sternum, 33 Supinator radii brevis, S6 Skull in general, Supinator radii longus, ib. Sole us, 107 Suurafpinatus, 89 T Tarfus bones of the , 5° Tibialis pcfticns, „ f Teeth, '9 Trachelo-maftoideus, . *< Temporalis, 63 Traufverlalis abdooninut, - ■ 3 Timporum, offa, 8 Tranfverfalis c< Hi, . »7 Tenfor vagina; femoris, . 104 Tranfverfalis pedis, - 112 Tenfor palati, 68 Tranfverfus primci, - 75.76 Teres major, 90 Trapezium, os - 42 Teres minor, 89 Trapezius, 82 Thigh-bone. 46 Trapezoides, os 42 Thigh, mufcles fituated on it TrLn^ulare, os - 17 and the Pelvis, iro Triangularis oris, - 62 Thorax, bones of 30 Trian_ula:is fterni, - Ei Thorax, mufcles fituated upon Triceps adductor femcri«, - 101 if' anterior part, - 79 Triceps extenfor cubl •'» " 92 Thorax; mufcles. within t and Trumpeter, mufcle - 62 between the ribs, . 80 Trunk, bones of . 21 1 hyro-aryrer-.oide us, - 70 Trunk, muScles fituated f.n the Thyro-ep'glottideus, - 7> poft-ri'r oart of - 82 Thyro-hycircus, 65 Tu binatum infcr'uis; feu fpon- Tibialis anticus, - 108 giofum, os 17 V :6 Unciform?, os 4* 05 Un£uis feu lactymale, os - 14'' d. Vom.er, 17 22 Urethrae tranfverf lis, 75 *5 Urina: accelerator, - 74 3» Uvulae azygos, 69 93 Z Zygomaticus major, - 62 Zygomaticus minor, - 6a Vaginae fphinaer, Villus externus, Vaftui infrnus, Vertebrae, true Vertebrae, fcilfe Ulna, Ulnaris internus, M«ul.Hi*t. WZ- 3.70 ■V. '' ^m*P